glue

package
v1.38.61 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jun 14, 2021 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 10 Imported by: 134

Documentation

Overview

Package glue provides the client and types for making API requests to AWS Glue.

Defines the public endpoint for the AWS Glue service.

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31 for more information on this service.

See glue package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/

Using the Client

To contact AWS Glue with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the AWS Glue client Glue for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// BackfillErrorCodeEncryptedPartitionError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeEncryptedPartitionError = "ENCRYPTED_PARTITION_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeInternalError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeInvalidPartitionTypeDataError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeInvalidPartitionTypeDataError = "INVALID_PARTITION_TYPE_DATA_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeMissingPartitionValueError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeMissingPartitionValueError = "MISSING_PARTITION_VALUE_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeUnsupportedPartitionCharacterError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeUnsupportedPartitionCharacterError = "UNSUPPORTED_PARTITION_CHARACTER_ERROR"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled is a CatalogEncryptionMode enum value
	CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms is a CatalogEncryptionMode enum value
	CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled is a CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum value
	CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms is a CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum value
	CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ColumnStatisticsTypeBoolean is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeBoolean = "BOOLEAN"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDate is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDate = "DATE"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDecimal is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDecimal = "DECIMAL"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDouble is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDouble = "DOUBLE"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeLong is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeLong = "LONG"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeString is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeString = "STRING"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeBinary is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeBinary = "BINARY"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ComparatorEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorEquals = "EQUALS"

	// ComparatorGreaterThan is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorGreaterThan = "GREATER_THAN"

	// ComparatorLessThan is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorLessThan = "LESS_THAN"

	// ComparatorGreaterThanEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorGreaterThanEquals = "GREATER_THAN_EQUALS"

	// ComparatorLessThanEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorLessThanEquals = "LESS_THAN_EQUALS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CompatibilityNone is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityNone = "NONE"

	// CompatibilityDisabled is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CompatibilityBackward is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityBackward = "BACKWARD"

	// CompatibilityBackwardAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityBackwardAll = "BACKWARD_ALL"

	// CompatibilityForward is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityForward = "FORWARD"

	// CompatibilityForwardAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityForwardAll = "FORWARD_ALL"

	// CompatibilityFull is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityFull = "FULL"

	// CompatibilityFullAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityFullAll = "FULL_ALL"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ConnectionPropertyKeyHost is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyHost = "HOST"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyPort is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyPort = "PORT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername = "USERNAME"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword = "PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword = "ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri = "JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName = "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine = "JDBC_ENGINE"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion = "JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles = "CONFIG_FILES"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId = "INSTANCE_ID"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl = "JDBC_CONNECTION_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl = "JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation = "SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl = "CONNECTION_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers = "KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSslEnabled is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSslEnabled = "KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaCustomCert is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaCustomCert = "KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSkipCustomCertValidation is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSkipCustomCertValidation = "KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeystore is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeystore = "KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeystorePassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeystorePassword = "KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaClientKeyPassword = "KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedKafkaClientKeystorePassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedKafkaClientKeystorePassword = "ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedKafkaClientKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedKafkaClientKeyPassword = "ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeySecretId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeySecretId = "SECRET_ID"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorUrl = "CONNECTOR_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorType is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorType = "CONNECTOR_TYPE"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorClassName = "CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ConnectionTypeJdbc is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeJdbc = "JDBC"

	// ConnectionTypeSftp is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeSftp = "SFTP"

	// ConnectionTypeMongodb is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeMongodb = "MONGODB"

	// ConnectionTypeKafka is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeKafka = "KAFKA"

	// ConnectionTypeNetwork is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeNetwork = "NETWORK"

	// ConnectionTypeMarketplace is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeMarketplace = "MARKETPLACE"

	// ConnectionTypeCustom is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeCustom = "CUSTOM"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CrawlStateRunning is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// CrawlStateCancelling is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateCancelling = "CANCELLING"

	// CrawlStateCancelled is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateCancelled = "CANCELLED"

	// CrawlStateSucceeded is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// CrawlStateFailed is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateFailed = "FAILED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CrawlerLineageSettingsEnable is a CrawlerLineageSettings enum value
	CrawlerLineageSettingsEnable = "ENABLE"

	// CrawlerLineageSettingsDisable is a CrawlerLineageSettings enum value
	CrawlerLineageSettingsDisable = "DISABLE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CrawlerStateReady is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateReady = "READY"

	// CrawlerStateRunning is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// CrawlerStateStopping is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateStopping = "STOPPING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CsvHeaderOptionUnknown is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionUnknown = "UNKNOWN"

	// CsvHeaderOptionPresent is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionPresent = "PRESENT"

	// CsvHeaderOptionAbsent is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionAbsent = "ABSENT"
)
View Source 
const (
	// DeleteBehaviorLog is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorLog = "LOG"

	// DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase = "DELETE_FROM_DATABASE"

	// DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase = "DEPRECATE_IN_DATABASE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// EnableHybridValuesTrue is a EnableHybridValues enum value
	EnableHybridValuesTrue = "TRUE"

	// EnableHybridValuesFalse is a EnableHybridValues enum value
	EnableHybridValuesFalse = "FALSE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ExistConditionMustExist is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionMustExist = "MUST_EXIST"

	// ExistConditionNotExist is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionNotExist = "NOT_EXIST"

	// ExistConditionNone is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionNone = "NONE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled is a JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum value
	JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms is a JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum value
	JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms = "CSE-KMS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// JobRunStateStarting is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStarting = "STARTING"

	// JobRunStateRunning is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// JobRunStateStopping is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStopping = "STOPPING"

	// JobRunStateStopped is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStopped = "STOPPED"

	// JobRunStateSucceeded is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// JobRunStateFailed is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateFailed = "FAILED"

	// JobRunStateTimeout is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
)
View Source 
const (
	// LanguagePython is a Language enum value
	LanguagePython = "PYTHON"

	// LanguageScala is a Language enum value
	LanguageScala = "SCALA"
)
View Source 
const (
	// LastCrawlStatusSucceeded is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// LastCrawlStatusCancelled is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusCancelled = "CANCELLED"

	// LastCrawlStatusFailed is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusFailed = "FAILED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// LogicalAnd is a Logical enum value
	LogicalAnd = "AND"

	// LogicalAny is a Logical enum value
	LogicalAny = "ANY"
)
View Source 
const (
	// MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringDisabled is a MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum value
	MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringSseKms is a MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum value
	MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// NodeTypeCrawler is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeCrawler = "CRAWLER"

	// NodeTypeJob is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeJob = "JOB"

	// NodeTypeTrigger is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeTrigger = "TRIGGER"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PartitionIndexStatusCreating is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusCreating = "CREATING"

	// PartitionIndexStatusActive is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

	// PartitionIndexStatusDeleting is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusDeleting = "DELETING"

	// PartitionIndexStatusFailed is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusFailed = "FAILED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PermissionAll is a Permission enum value
	PermissionAll = "ALL"

	// PermissionSelect is a Permission enum value
	PermissionSelect = "SELECT"

	// PermissionAlter is a Permission enum value
	PermissionAlter = "ALTER"

	// PermissionDrop is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDrop = "DROP"

	// PermissionDelete is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDelete = "DELETE"

	// PermissionInsert is a Permission enum value
	PermissionInsert = "INSERT"

	// PermissionCreateDatabase is a Permission enum value
	PermissionCreateDatabase = "CREATE_DATABASE"

	// PermissionCreateTable is a Permission enum value
	PermissionCreateTable = "CREATE_TABLE"

	// PermissionDataLocationAccess is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDataLocationAccess = "DATA_LOCATION_ACCESS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeUser = "USER"

	// PrincipalTypeRole is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeRole = "ROLE"

	// PrincipalTypeGroup is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeGroup = "GROUP"
)
View Source 
const (
	// RecrawlBehaviorCrawlEverything is a RecrawlBehavior enum value
	RecrawlBehaviorCrawlEverything = "CRAWL_EVERYTHING"

	// RecrawlBehaviorCrawlNewFoldersOnly is a RecrawlBehavior enum value
	RecrawlBehaviorCrawlNewFoldersOnly = "CRAWL_NEW_FOLDERS_ONLY"
)
View Source 
const (
	// RegistryStatusAvailable is a RegistryStatus enum value
	RegistryStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// RegistryStatusDeleting is a RegistryStatus enum value
	RegistryStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ResourceShareTypeForeign is a ResourceShareType enum value
	ResourceShareTypeForeign = "FOREIGN"

	// ResourceShareTypeAll is a ResourceShareType enum value
	ResourceShareTypeAll = "ALL"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ResourceTypeJar is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeJar = "JAR"

	// ResourceTypeFile is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeFile = "FILE"

	// ResourceTypeArchive is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeArchive = "ARCHIVE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// S3EncryptionModeDisabled is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// S3EncryptionModeSseKms is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"

	// S3EncryptionModeSseS3 is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeSseS3 = "SSE-S3"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ScheduleStateScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateScheduled = "SCHEDULED"

	// ScheduleStateNotScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateNotScheduled = "NOT_SCHEDULED"

	// ScheduleStateTransitioning is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateTransitioning = "TRANSITIONING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SchemaStatusAvailable is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// SchemaStatusPending is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusPending = "PENDING"

	// SchemaStatusDeleting is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SchemaVersionStatusAvailable is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// SchemaVersionStatusPending is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusPending = "PENDING"

	// SchemaVersionStatusFailure is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusFailure = "FAILURE"

	// SchemaVersionStatusDeleting is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SortAsc is a Sort enum value
	SortAsc = "ASC"

	// SortDesc is a Sort enum value
	SortDesc = "DESC"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SortDirectionTypeDescending is a SortDirectionType enum value
	SortDirectionTypeDescending = "DESCENDING"

	// SortDirectionTypeAscending is a SortDirectionType enum value
	SortDirectionTypeAscending = "ASCENDING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType = "TASK_RUN_TYPE"

	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus = "STATUS"

	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted = "STARTED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TaskStatusTypeStarting is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStarting = "STARTING"

	// TaskStatusTypeRunning is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeRunning = "RUNNING"

	// TaskStatusTypeStopping is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStopping = "STOPPING"

	// TaskStatusTypeStopped is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStopped = "STOPPED"

	// TaskStatusTypeSucceeded is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// TaskStatusTypeFailed is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"

	// TaskStatusTypeTimeout is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TaskTypeEvaluation is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeEvaluation = "EVALUATION"

	// TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration = "LABELING_SET_GENERATION"

	// TaskTypeImportLabels is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeImportLabels = "IMPORT_LABELS"

	// TaskTypeExportLabels is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeExportLabels = "EXPORT_LABELS"

	// TaskTypeFindMatches is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeFindMatches = "FIND_MATCHES"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TransformSortColumnTypeName is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeName = "NAME"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType = "TRANSFORM_TYPE"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeStatus is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeStatus = "STATUS"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeCreated is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeCreated = "CREATED"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified = "LAST_MODIFIED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TransformStatusTypeNotReady is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeNotReady = "NOT_READY"

	// TransformStatusTypeReady is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeReady = "READY"

	// TransformStatusTypeDeleting is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeDeleting = "DELETING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TriggerStateCreating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateCreating = "CREATING"

	// TriggerStateCreated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateCreated = "CREATED"

	// TriggerStateActivating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateActivating = "ACTIVATING"

	// TriggerStateActivated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateActivated = "ACTIVATED"

	// TriggerStateDeactivating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeactivating = "DEACTIVATING"

	// TriggerStateDeactivated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeactivated = "DEACTIVATED"

	// TriggerStateDeleting is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeleting = "DELETING"

	// TriggerStateUpdating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateUpdating = "UPDATING"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TriggerTypeScheduled is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeScheduled = "SCHEDULED"

	// TriggerTypeConditional is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeConditional = "CONDITIONAL"

	// TriggerTypeOnDemand is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND"
)
View Source 
const (
	// UpdateBehaviorLog is a UpdateBehavior enum value
	UpdateBehaviorLog = "LOG"

	// UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase is a UpdateBehavior enum value
	UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase = "UPDATE_IN_DATABASE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// WorkerTypeStandard is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeStandard = "Standard"

	// WorkerTypeG1x is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeG1x = "G.1X"

	// WorkerTypeG2x is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeG2x = "G.2X"
)
View Source 
const (
	// WorkflowRunStatusRunning is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusRunning = "RUNNING"

	// WorkflowRunStatusCompleted is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED"

	// WorkflowRunStatusStopping is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusStopping = "STOPPING"

	// WorkflowRunStatusStopped is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusStopped = "STOPPED"

	// WorkflowRunStatusError is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusError = "ERROR"
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeAccessDeniedException for service response error code
	// "AccessDeniedException".
	//
	// Access to a resource was denied.
	ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException"

	// ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
	// "AlreadyExistsException".
	//
	// A resource to be created or added already exists.
	ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException = "AlreadyExistsException"

	// ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException for service response error code
	// "ConcurrentModificationException".
	//
	// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
	ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException = "ConcurrentModificationException"

	// ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException for service response error code
	// "ConcurrentRunsExceededException".
	//
	// Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
	ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException = "ConcurrentRunsExceededException"

	// ErrCodeConditionCheckFailureException for service response error code
	// "ConditionCheckFailureException".
	//
	// A specified condition was not satisfied.
	ErrCodeConditionCheckFailureException = "ConditionCheckFailureException"

	// ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code
	// "ConflictException".
	//
	// The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.
	ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException"

	// ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException for service response error code
	// "CrawlerNotRunningException".
	//
	// The specified crawler is not running.
	ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException = "CrawlerNotRunningException"

	// ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException for service response error code
	// "CrawlerRunningException".
	//
	// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
	ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException = "CrawlerRunningException"

	// ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException for service response error code
	// "CrawlerStoppingException".
	//
	// The specified crawler is stopping.
	ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException = "CrawlerStoppingException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionException for service response error code
	// "GlueEncryptionException".
	//
	// An encryption operation failed.
	ErrCodeEncryptionException = "GlueEncryptionException"

	// ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException for service response error code
	// "EntityNotFoundException".
	//
	// A specified entity does not exist
	ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException = "EntityNotFoundException"

	// ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException for service response error code
	// "IdempotentParameterMismatchException".
	//
	// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
	ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException = "IdempotentParameterMismatchException"

	// ErrCodeIllegalWorkflowStateException for service response error code
	// "IllegalWorkflowStateException".
	//
	// The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.
	ErrCodeIllegalWorkflowStateException = "IllegalWorkflowStateException"

	// ErrCodeInternalServiceException for service response error code
	// "InternalServiceException".
	//
	// An internal service error occurred.
	ErrCodeInternalServiceException = "InternalServiceException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidInputException for service response error code
	// "InvalidInputException".
	//
	// The input provided was not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidInputException = "InvalidInputException"

	// ErrCodeMLTransformNotReadyException for service response error code
	// "MLTransformNotReadyException".
	//
	// The machine learning transform is not ready to run.
	ErrCodeMLTransformNotReadyException = "MLTransformNotReadyException"

	// ErrCodeNoScheduleException for service response error code
	// "NoScheduleException".
	//
	// There is no applicable schedule.
	ErrCodeNoScheduleException = "NoScheduleException"

	// ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException for service response error code
	// "OperationTimeoutException".
	//
	// The operation timed out.
	ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException = "OperationTimeoutException"

	// ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException".
	//
	// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
	ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException = "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException for service response error code
	// "SchedulerNotRunningException".
	//
	// The specified scheduler is not running.
	ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException = "SchedulerNotRunningException"

	// ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException for service response error code
	// "SchedulerRunningException".
	//
	// The specified scheduler is already running.
	ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException = "SchedulerRunningException"

	// ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException for service response error code
	// "SchedulerTransitioningException".
	//
	// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
	ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException = "SchedulerTransitioningException"

	// ErrCodeValidationException for service response error code
	// "ValidationException".
	//
	// A value could not be validated.
	ErrCodeValidationException = "ValidationException"

	// ErrCodeVersionMismatchException for service response error code
	// "VersionMismatchException".
	//
	// There was a version conflict.
	ErrCodeVersionMismatchException = "VersionMismatchException"
)
View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "glue"      // Name of service.
	EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
	ServiceID   = "Glue"      // ServiceID is a unique identifier of a specific service.
)

Service information constants

View Source 
const (
	// DataFormatAvro is a DataFormat enum value
	DataFormatAvro = "AVRO"
)
View Source 
const (
	// LogicalOperatorEquals is a LogicalOperator enum value
	LogicalOperatorEquals = "EQUALS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SchemaDiffTypeSyntaxDiff is a SchemaDiffType enum value
	SchemaDiffTypeSyntaxDiff = "SYNTAX_DIFF"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TransformTypeFindMatches is a TransformType enum value
	TransformTypeFindMatches = "FIND_MATCHES"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func BackfillErrorCode_Values added in v1.35.34 

func BackfillErrorCode_Values() []string

BackfillErrorCode_Values returns all elements of the BackfillErrorCode enum

func CatalogEncryptionMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CatalogEncryptionMode_Values() []string

CatalogEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the CatalogEncryptionMode enum

func CloudWatchEncryptionMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CloudWatchEncryptionMode_Values() []string

CloudWatchEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum

func ColumnStatisticsType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ColumnStatisticsType_Values() []string

ColumnStatisticsType_Values returns all elements of the ColumnStatisticsType enum

func Comparator_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Comparator_Values() []string

Comparator_Values returns all elements of the Comparator enum

func Compatibility_Values added in v1.35.32 

func Compatibility_Values() []string

Compatibility_Values returns all elements of the Compatibility enum

func ConnectionPropertyKey_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ConnectionPropertyKey_Values() []string

ConnectionPropertyKey_Values returns all elements of the ConnectionPropertyKey enum

func ConnectionType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ConnectionType_Values() []string

ConnectionType_Values returns all elements of the ConnectionType enum

func CrawlState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CrawlState_Values() []string

CrawlState_Values returns all elements of the CrawlState enum

func CrawlerLineageSettings_Values added in v1.35.34 

func CrawlerLineageSettings_Values() []string

CrawlerLineageSettings_Values returns all elements of the CrawlerLineageSettings enum

func CrawlerState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CrawlerState_Values() []string

CrawlerState_Values returns all elements of the CrawlerState enum

func CsvHeaderOption_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CsvHeaderOption_Values() []string

CsvHeaderOption_Values returns all elements of the CsvHeaderOption enum

func DataFormat_Values added in v1.35.32 

func DataFormat_Values() []string

DataFormat_Values returns all elements of the DataFormat enum

func DeleteBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DeleteBehavior_Values() []string

DeleteBehavior_Values returns all elements of the DeleteBehavior enum

func EnableHybridValues_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EnableHybridValues_Values() []string

EnableHybridValues_Values returns all elements of the EnableHybridValues enum

func ExistCondition_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ExistCondition_Values() []string

ExistCondition_Values returns all elements of the ExistCondition enum

func JobBookmarksEncryptionMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func JobBookmarksEncryptionMode_Values() []string

JobBookmarksEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum

func JobRunState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func JobRunState_Values() []string

JobRunState_Values returns all elements of the JobRunState enum

func Language_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Language_Values() []string

Language_Values returns all elements of the Language enum

func LastCrawlStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func LastCrawlStatus_Values() []string

LastCrawlStatus_Values returns all elements of the LastCrawlStatus enum

func LogicalOperator_Values added in v1.34.3 

func LogicalOperator_Values() []string

LogicalOperator_Values returns all elements of the LogicalOperator enum

func Logical_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Logical_Values() []string

Logical_Values returns all elements of the Logical enum

func MLUserDataEncryptionModeString_Values added in v1.35.16 

func MLUserDataEncryptionModeString_Values() []string

MLUserDataEncryptionModeString_Values returns all elements of the MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum

func NodeType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func NodeType_Values() []string

NodeType_Values returns all elements of the NodeType enum

func PartitionIndexStatus_Values added in v1.34.20 

func PartitionIndexStatus_Values() []string

PartitionIndexStatus_Values returns all elements of the PartitionIndexStatus enum

func Permission_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Permission_Values() []string

Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum

func PrincipalType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func PrincipalType_Values() []string

PrincipalType_Values returns all elements of the PrincipalType enum

func RecrawlBehavior_Values added in v1.35.12 

func RecrawlBehavior_Values() []string

RecrawlBehavior_Values returns all elements of the RecrawlBehavior enum

func RegistryStatus_Values added in v1.35.32 

func RegistryStatus_Values() []string

RegistryStatus_Values returns all elements of the RegistryStatus enum

func ResourceShareType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ResourceShareType_Values() []string

ResourceShareType_Values returns all elements of the ResourceShareType enum

func ResourceType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ResourceType_Values() []string

ResourceType_Values returns all elements of the ResourceType enum

func S3EncryptionMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func S3EncryptionMode_Values() []string

S3EncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the S3EncryptionMode enum

func ScheduleState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ScheduleState_Values() []string

ScheduleState_Values returns all elements of the ScheduleState enum

func SchemaDiffType_Values added in v1.35.32 

func SchemaDiffType_Values() []string

SchemaDiffType_Values returns all elements of the SchemaDiffType enum

func SchemaStatus_Values added in v1.35.32 

func SchemaStatus_Values() []string

SchemaStatus_Values returns all elements of the SchemaStatus enum

func SchemaVersionStatus_Values added in v1.35.32 

func SchemaVersionStatus_Values() []string

SchemaVersionStatus_Values returns all elements of the SchemaVersionStatus enum

func SortDirectionType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SortDirectionType_Values() []string

SortDirectionType_Values returns all elements of the SortDirectionType enum

func Sort_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Sort_Values() []string

Sort_Values returns all elements of the Sort enum

func TaskRunSortColumnType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TaskRunSortColumnType_Values() []string

TaskRunSortColumnType_Values returns all elements of the TaskRunSortColumnType enum

func TaskStatusType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TaskStatusType_Values() []string

TaskStatusType_Values returns all elements of the TaskStatusType enum

func TaskType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TaskType_Values() []string

TaskType_Values returns all elements of the TaskType enum

func TransformSortColumnType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TransformSortColumnType_Values() []string

TransformSortColumnType_Values returns all elements of the TransformSortColumnType enum

func TransformStatusType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TransformStatusType_Values() []string

TransformStatusType_Values returns all elements of the TransformStatusType enum

func TransformType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TransformType_Values() []string

TransformType_Values returns all elements of the TransformType enum

func TriggerState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TriggerState_Values() []string

TriggerState_Values returns all elements of the TriggerState enum

func TriggerType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TriggerType_Values() []string

TriggerType_Values returns all elements of the TriggerType enum

func UpdateBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func UpdateBehavior_Values() []string

UpdateBehavior_Values returns all elements of the UpdateBehavior enum

func WorkerType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func WorkerType_Values() []string

WorkerType_Values returns all elements of the WorkerType enum

func WorkflowRunStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func WorkflowRunStatus_Values() []string

WorkflowRunStatus_Values returns all elements of the WorkflowRunStatus enum

Types

type AccessDeniedException added in v1.28.0 

type AccessDeniedException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Access to a resource was denied.

func (*AccessDeniedException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*AccessDeniedException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) Error() string

func (AccessDeniedException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s AccessDeniedException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccessDeniedException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*AccessDeniedException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*AccessDeniedException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*AccessDeniedException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AccessDeniedException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (AccessDeniedException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s AccessDeniedException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Action 

type Action struct {

	// The job arguments used when this trigger fires. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name of the crawler to be used with this action.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of a job to be executed.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this action.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines an action to be initiated by a trigger.

func (Action) GoString 

func (s Action) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Action) SetArguments 

func (s *Action) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *Action

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*Action) SetCrawlerName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Action) SetCrawlerName(v string) *Action

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (*Action) SetJobName 

func (s *Action) SetJobName(v string) *Action

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*Action) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *Action) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Action

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*Action) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *Action) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Action

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*Action) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *Action) SetTimeout(v int64) *Action

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (Action) String 

func (s Action) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Action) Validate 

func (s *Action) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AlreadyExistsException added in v1.28.0 

type AlreadyExistsException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A resource to be created or added already exists.

func (*AlreadyExistsException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*AlreadyExistsException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Error() string

func (AlreadyExistsException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s AlreadyExistsException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AlreadyExistsException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*AlreadyExistsException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*AlreadyExistsException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*AlreadyExistsException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (AlreadyExistsException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s AlreadyExistsException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BackfillError added in v1.35.34 

type BackfillError struct {

	// The error code for an error that occurred when registering partition indexes
	// for an existing table.
	Code *string `type:"string" enum:"BackfillErrorCode"`

	// A list of a limited number of partitions in the response.
	Partitions []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of errors that can occur when registering partition indexes for an existing table.

These errors give the details about why an index registration failed and provide a limited number of partitions in the response, so that you can fix the partitions at fault and try registering the index again. The most common set of errors that can occur are categorized as follows:

  • EncryptedPartitionError: The partitions are encrypted.

  • InvalidPartitionTypeDataError: The partition value doesn't match the data type for that partition column.

  • MissingPartitionValueError: The partitions are encrypted.

  • UnsupportedPartitionCharacterError: Characters inside the partition value are not supported. For example: U+0000 , U+0001, U+0002.

  • InternalError: Any error which does not belong to other error codes.

func (BackfillError) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s BackfillError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BackfillError) SetCode added in v1.35.34 

func (s *BackfillError) SetCode(v string) *BackfillError

SetCode sets the Code field's value.

func (*BackfillError) SetPartitions added in v1.35.34 

func (s *BackfillError) SetPartitions(v []*PartitionValueList) *BackfillError

SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.

func (BackfillError) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s BackfillError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchCreatePartitionInput 

type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. Currently,
	// this should be the AWS account ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created.
	//
	// PartitionInputList is a required field
	PartitionInputList []*PartitionInput `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchCreatePartitionInput) GoString 

func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInputList 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInputList(v []*PartitionInput) *BatchCreatePartitionInput

SetPartitionInputList sets the PartitionInputList field's value.

func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (BatchCreatePartitionInput) String 

func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchCreatePartitionOutput 

type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions.
	Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchCreatePartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput) SetErrors 

func (s *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchCreatePartitionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String 

func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteConnectionInput 

type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of names of the connections to delete.
	//
	// ConnectionNameList is a required field
	ConnectionNameList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionNameList 

func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionNameList(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput

SetConnectionNameList sets the ConnectionNameList field's value.

func (BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String 

func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput 

type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct {

	// A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error
	// details.
	Errors map[string]*ErrorDetail `type:"map"`

	// A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted.
	Succeeded []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetErrors 

func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetErrors(v map[string]*ErrorDetail) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetSucceeded 

func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetSucceeded(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput

SetSucceeded sets the Succeeded field's value.

func (BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String 

func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeletePartitionInput 

type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// PartitionsToDelete is a required field
	PartitionsToDelete []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table that contains the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeletePartitionInput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionsToDelete 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionsToDelete(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchDeletePartitionInput

SetPartitionsToDelete sets the PartitionsToDelete field's value.

func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (BatchDeletePartitionInput) String 

func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDeletePartitionOutput 

type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions.
	Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeletePartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput) SetErrors 

func (s *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchDeletePartitionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String 

func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteTableInput 

type BatchDeleteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the tables to delete reside. For
	// Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the table to delete.
	//
	// TablesToDelete is a required field
	TablesToDelete []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteTableInput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteTableInput) SetTablesToDelete 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetTablesToDelete(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableInput

SetTablesToDelete sets the TablesToDelete field's value.

func (BatchDeleteTableInput) String 

func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDeleteTableOutput 

type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct {

	// A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables.
	Errors []*TableError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteTableOutput) GoString 

func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableOutput) SetErrors 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableError) *BatchDeleteTableOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (BatchDeleteTableOutput) String 

func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput added in v1.12.66 

type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted. A VersionId is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// VersionIds is a required field
	VersionIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionIds added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput

SetVersionIds sets the VersionIds field's value.

func (BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput added in v1.12.66 

type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput struct {

	// A list of errors encountered while trying to delete the specified table versions.
	Errors []*TableVersionError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) SetErrors added in v1.12.66 

func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableVersionError) *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetCrawlersInput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetCrawlersInput struct {

	// A list of crawler names, which might be the names returned from the ListCrawlers
	// operation.
	//
	// CrawlerNames is a required field
	CrawlerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetCrawlersInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetCrawlersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetCrawlersInput) SetCrawlerNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetCrawlersInput) SetCrawlerNames(v []*string) *BatchGetCrawlersInput

SetCrawlerNames sets the CrawlerNames field's value.

func (BatchGetCrawlersInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetCrawlersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetCrawlersInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetCrawlersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetCrawlersOutput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetCrawlersOutput struct {

	// A list of crawler definitions.
	Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of crawlers that were not found.
	CrawlersNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetCrawlersOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *BatchGetCrawlersOutput

SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value.

func (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlersNotFound added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlersNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetCrawlersOutput

SetCrawlersNotFound sets the CrawlersNotFound field's value.

func (BatchGetCrawlersOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetCrawlersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The list of DevEndpoint names, which might be the names returned from the
	// ListDevEndpoint operation.
	//
	// DevEndpointNames is a required field
	DevEndpointNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) SetDevEndpointNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) SetDevEndpointNames(v []*string) *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput

SetDevEndpointNames sets the DevEndpointNames field's value.

func (BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"`

	// A list of DevEndpoints not found.
	DevEndpointsNotFound []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput

SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value.

func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointsNotFound added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput

SetDevEndpointsNotFound sets the DevEndpointsNotFound field's value.

func (BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetJobsInput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetJobsInput struct {

	// A list of job names, which might be the names returned from the ListJobs
	// operation.
	//
	// JobNames is a required field
	JobNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetJobsInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetJobsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetJobsInput) SetJobNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetJobsInput) SetJobNames(v []*string) *BatchGetJobsInput

SetJobNames sets the JobNames field's value.

func (BatchGetJobsInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetJobsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetJobsInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetJobsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetJobsOutput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetJobsOutput struct {

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of jobs not found.
	JobsNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetJobsOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetJobsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobs added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *BatchGetJobsOutput

SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.

func (*BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobsNotFound added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetJobsOutput

SetJobsNotFound sets the JobsNotFound field's value.

func (BatchGetJobsOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetJobsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetPartitionInput 

type BatchGetPartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve.
	//
	// PartitionsToGet is a required field
	PartitionsToGet []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetPartitionInput) GoString 

func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) SetPartitionsToGet 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetPartitionsToGet(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionInput

SetPartitionsToGet sets the PartitionsToGet field's value.

func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (BatchGetPartitionInput) String 

func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetPartitionOutput 

type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct {

	// A list of the requested partitions.
	Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`

	// A list of the partition values in the request for which partitions were not
	// returned.
	UnprocessedKeys []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetPartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetPartitions 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *BatchGetPartitionOutput

SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.

func (*BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetUnprocessedKeys 

func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetUnprocessedKeys(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionOutput

SetUnprocessedKeys sets the UnprocessedKeys field's value.

func (BatchGetPartitionOutput) String 

func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetTriggersInput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetTriggersInput struct {

	// A list of trigger names, which may be the names returned from the ListTriggers
	// operation.
	//
	// TriggerNames is a required field
	TriggerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetTriggersInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetTriggersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetTriggersInput) SetTriggerNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetTriggersInput) SetTriggerNames(v []*string) *BatchGetTriggersInput

SetTriggerNames sets the TriggerNames field's value.

func (BatchGetTriggersInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetTriggersInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetTriggersOutput added in v1.17.4 

type BatchGetTriggersOutput struct {

	// A list of trigger definitions.
	Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of triggers not found.
	TriggersNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetTriggersOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetTriggersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *BatchGetTriggersOutput

SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.

func (*BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggersNotFound added in v1.17.4 

func (s *BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggersNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetTriggersOutput

SetTriggersNotFound sets the TriggersNotFound field's value.

func (BatchGetTriggersOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s BatchGetTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetWorkflowsInput added in v1.20.5 

type BatchGetWorkflowsInput struct {

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of workflow names, which may be the names returned from the ListWorkflows
	// operation.
	//
	// Names is a required field
	Names []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetWorkflowsInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s BatchGetWorkflowsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetIncludeGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *BatchGetWorkflowsInput

SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.

func (*BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetNames added in v1.20.5 

func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *BatchGetWorkflowsInput

SetNames sets the Names field's value.

func (BatchGetWorkflowsInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s BatchGetWorkflowsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetWorkflowsInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput added in v1.20.5 

type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput struct {

	// A list of names of workflows not found.
	MissingWorkflows []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`

	// A list of workflow resource metadata.
	Workflows []*Workflow `min:"1" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetMissingWorkflows added in v1.20.5 

func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetMissingWorkflows(v []*string) *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput

SetMissingWorkflows sets the MissingWorkflows field's value.

func (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows added in v1.20.5 

func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows(v []*Workflow) *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput

SetWorkflows sets the Workflows field's value.

func (BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStopJobRunError added in v1.12.17 

type BatchStopJobRunError struct {

	// Specifies details about the error that was encountered.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition that is used in the job run in question.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRunId of the job run in question.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Records an error that occurred when attempting to stop a specified job run.

func (BatchStopJobRunError) GoString added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopJobRunError) SetErrorDetail added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchStopJobRunError

SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.

func (*BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobName added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobRunId added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError

SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.

func (BatchStopJobRunError) String added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStopJobRunInput added in v1.12.17 

type BatchStopJobRunInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition.
	//
	// JobRunIds is a required field
	JobRunIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStopJobRunInput) GoString added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobName added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobRunIds added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobRunIds(v []*string) *BatchStopJobRunInput

SetJobRunIds sets the JobRunIds field's value.

func (BatchStopJobRunInput) String added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchStopJobRunOutput added in v1.12.17 

type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct {

	// A list of the errors that were encountered in trying to stop JobRuns, including
	// the JobRunId for which each error was encountered and details about the error.
	Errors []*BatchStopJobRunError `type:"list"`

	// A list of the JobRuns that were successfully submitted for stopping.
	SuccessfulSubmissions []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStopJobRunOutput) GoString added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetErrors added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchStopJobRunError) *BatchStopJobRunOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (*BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetSuccessfulSubmissions added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetSuccessfulSubmissions(v []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) *BatchStopJobRunOutput

SetSuccessfulSubmissions sets the SuccessfulSubmissions field's value.

func (BatchStopJobRunOutput) String added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission added in v1.12.17 

type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission struct {

	// The name of the job definition used in the job run that was stopped.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRunId of the job run that was stopped.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Records a successful request to stop a specified JobRun.

func (BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) GoString added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobName added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobRunId added in v1.12.17 

func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission

SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.

func (BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String added in v1.12.17 

func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry added in v1.34.28 

type BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry struct {

	// The details about the batch update partition error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// A list of values defining the partitions.
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about a batch update partition error.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) GoString added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetErrorDetail added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry

SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetPartitionValueList added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry

SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) String added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchUpdatePartitionInput added in v1.34.28 

type BatchUpdatePartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be updated. Currently,
	// this should be the AWS account ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of up to 100 BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry objects to update.
	//
	// Entries is a required field
	Entries []*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchUpdatePartitionInput) GoString added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetEntries added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetEntries(v []*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput

SetEntries sets the Entries field's value.

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionInput) String added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionInput) Validate added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchUpdatePartitionOutput added in v1.34.28 

type BatchUpdatePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to update the requested partitions. A
	// list of BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry objects.
	Errors []*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) GoString added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) SetErrors added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) String added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry added in v1.34.28 

type BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry struct {

	// The structure used to update a partition.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A list of values defining the partitions.
	//
	// PartitionValueList is a required field
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure that contains the values and structure used to update a partition.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) GoString added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionInput added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry

SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionValueList added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry

SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.

func (BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) String added in v1.34.28 

func (s BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) Validate added in v1.34.28 

func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BinaryColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type BinaryColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The average bit sequence length in the column.
	//
	// AverageLength is a required field
	AverageLength *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`

	// The size of the longest bit sequence in the column.
	//
	// MaximumLength is a required field
	MaximumLength *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for bit sequence data values.

func (BinaryColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s BinaryColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength(v float64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData

SetAverageLength sets the AverageLength field's value.

func (*BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength(v int64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumLength sets the MaximumLength field's value.

func (*BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (BinaryColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s BinaryColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BinaryColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BooleanColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type BooleanColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The number of false values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfFalses is a required field
	NumberOfFalses *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of true values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfTrues is a required field
	NumberOfTrues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for Boolean data columns.

func (BooleanColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s BooleanColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfFalses added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfFalses(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfFalses sets the NumberOfFalses field's value.

func (*BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (*BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfTrues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfTrues(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfTrues sets the NumberOfTrues field's value.

func (BooleanColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s BooleanColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BooleanColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelMLTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type CancelMLTaskRunInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the task run.
	//
	// TaskRunId is a required field
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelMLTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s CancelMLTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunInput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (*CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (CancelMLTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s CancelMLTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelMLTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelMLTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type CancelMLTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The status for this run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelMLTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s CancelMLTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (CancelMLTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s CancelMLTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CatalogEntry 

type CatalogEntry struct {

	// The database in which the table metadata resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table in question.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a table definition in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.

func (CatalogEntry) GoString 

func (s CatalogEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CatalogEntry) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *CatalogEntry) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogEntry

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CatalogEntry) SetTableName 

func (s *CatalogEntry) SetTableName(v string) *CatalogEntry

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (CatalogEntry) String 

func (s CatalogEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CatalogEntry) Validate 

func (s *CatalogEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CatalogImportStatus 

type CatalogImportStatus struct {

	// True if the migration has completed, or False otherwise.
	ImportCompleted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The time that the migration was started.
	ImportTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the person who initiated the migration.
	ImportedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing migration status information.

func (CatalogImportStatus) GoString 

func (s CatalogImportStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CatalogImportStatus) SetImportCompleted 

func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportCompleted(v bool) *CatalogImportStatus

SetImportCompleted sets the ImportCompleted field's value.

func (*CatalogImportStatus) SetImportTime 

func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportTime(v time.Time) *CatalogImportStatus

SetImportTime sets the ImportTime field's value.

func (*CatalogImportStatus) SetImportedBy 

func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportedBy(v string) *CatalogImportStatus

SetImportedBy sets the ImportedBy field's value.

func (CatalogImportStatus) String 

func (s CatalogImportStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CatalogTarget added in v1.19.28 

type CatalogTarget struct {

	// The name of the database to be synchronized.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the tables to be synchronized.
	//
	// Tables is a required field
	Tables []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an AWS Glue Data Catalog target.

func (CatalogTarget) GoString added in v1.19.28 

func (s CatalogTarget) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CatalogTarget) SetDatabaseName added in v1.19.28 

func (s *CatalogTarget) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogTarget

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CatalogTarget) SetTables added in v1.19.28 

func (s *CatalogTarget) SetTables(v []*string) *CatalogTarget

SetTables sets the Tables field's value.

func (CatalogTarget) String added in v1.19.28 

func (s CatalogTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CatalogTarget) Validate added in v1.19.28 

func (s *CatalogTarget) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput added in v1.35.32 

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput struct {

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	//
	// DataFormat is a required field
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The definition of the schema that has to be validated.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetSchemaDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput

SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.

func (CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput added in v1.35.32 

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput struct {

	// A validation failure error message.
	Error *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Return true, if the schema is valid and false otherwise.
	Valid *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetError added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetError(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput

SetError sets the Error field's value.

func (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetValid added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetValid(v bool) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput

SetValid sets the Valid field's value.

func (CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Classifier 

type Classifier struct {

	// A classifier for comma-separated values (CSV).
	CsvClassifier *CsvClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier that uses grok.
	GrokClassifier *GrokClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier for JSON content.
	JsonClassifier *JsonClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier for XML content.
	XMLClassifier *XMLClassifier `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Classifiers are triggered during a crawl task. A classifier checks whether a given file is in a format it can handle. If it is, the classifier creates a schema in the form of a StructType object that matches that data format.

You can use the standard classifiers that AWS Glue provides, or you can write your own classifiers to best categorize your data sources and specify the appropriate schemas to use for them. A classifier can be a grok classifier, an XML classifier, a JSON classifier, or a custom CSV classifier, as specified in one of the fields in the Classifier object.

func (Classifier) GoString 

func (s Classifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Classifier) SetCsvClassifier added in v1.19.2 

func (s *Classifier) SetCsvClassifier(v *CsvClassifier) *Classifier

SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.

func (*Classifier) SetGrokClassifier 

func (s *Classifier) SetGrokClassifier(v *GrokClassifier) *Classifier

SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.

func (*Classifier) SetJsonClassifier added in v1.12.72 

func (s *Classifier) SetJsonClassifier(v *JsonClassifier) *Classifier

SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.

func (*Classifier) SetXMLClassifier added in v1.12.29 

func (s *Classifier) SetXMLClassifier(v *XMLClassifier) *Classifier

SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.

func (Classifier) String 

func (s Classifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CloudWatchEncryption added in v1.15.21 

type CloudWatchEncryption struct {

	// The encryption mode to use for CloudWatch data.
	CloudWatchEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"CloudWatchEncryptionMode"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies how Amazon CloudWatch data should be encrypted.

func (CloudWatchEncryption) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s CloudWatchEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CloudWatchEncryption) SetCloudWatchEncryptionMode added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CloudWatchEncryption) SetCloudWatchEncryptionMode(v string) *CloudWatchEncryption

SetCloudWatchEncryptionMode sets the CloudWatchEncryptionMode field's value.

func (*CloudWatchEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CloudWatchEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *CloudWatchEncryption

SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.

func (CloudWatchEncryption) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s CloudWatchEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CodeGenEdge 

type CodeGenEdge struct {

	// The ID of the node at which the edge starts.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the node at which the edge ends.
	//
	// Target is a required field
	Target *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The target of the edge.
	TargetParameter *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents a directional edge in a directed acyclic graph (DAG).

func (CodeGenEdge) GoString 

func (s CodeGenEdge) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenEdge) SetSource 

func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetSource(v string) *CodeGenEdge

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (*CodeGenEdge) SetTarget 

func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTarget(v string) *CodeGenEdge

SetTarget sets the Target field's value.

func (*CodeGenEdge) SetTargetParameter 

func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTargetParameter(v string) *CodeGenEdge

SetTargetParameter sets the TargetParameter field's value.

func (CodeGenEdge) String 

func (s CodeGenEdge) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenEdge) Validate 

func (s *CodeGenEdge) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CodeGenNode 

type CodeGenNode struct {

	// Properties of the node, in the form of name-value pairs.
	//
	// Args is a required field
	Args []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A node identifier that is unique within the node's graph.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The line number of the node.
	LineNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of node that this is.
	//
	// NodeType is a required field
	NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents a node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG)

func (CodeGenNode) GoString 

func (s CodeGenNode) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenNode) SetArgs 

func (s *CodeGenNode) SetArgs(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *CodeGenNode

SetArgs sets the Args field's value.

func (*CodeGenNode) SetId 

func (s *CodeGenNode) SetId(v string) *CodeGenNode

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*CodeGenNode) SetLineNumber 

func (s *CodeGenNode) SetLineNumber(v int64) *CodeGenNode

SetLineNumber sets the LineNumber field's value.

func (*CodeGenNode) SetNodeType 

func (s *CodeGenNode) SetNodeType(v string) *CodeGenNode

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (CodeGenNode) String 

func (s CodeGenNode) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenNode) Validate 

func (s *CodeGenNode) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CodeGenNodeArg 

type CodeGenNodeArg struct {

	// The name of the argument or property.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// True if the value is used as a parameter.
	Param *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The value of the argument or property.
	//
	// Value is a required field
	Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An argument or property of a node.

func (CodeGenNodeArg) GoString 

func (s CodeGenNodeArg) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenNodeArg) SetName 

func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetName(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CodeGenNodeArg) SetParam 

func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetParam(v bool) *CodeGenNodeArg

SetParam sets the Param field's value.

func (*CodeGenNodeArg) SetValue 

func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetValue(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (CodeGenNodeArg) String 

func (s CodeGenNodeArg) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CodeGenNodeArg) Validate 

func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Column 

type Column struct {

	// A free-form text comment.
	Comment *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Column.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the column.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The data type of the Column.
	Type *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A column in a Table.

func (Column) GoString 

func (s Column) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Column) SetComment 

func (s *Column) SetComment(v string) *Column

SetComment sets the Comment field's value.

func (*Column) SetName 

func (s *Column) SetName(v string) *Column

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Column) SetParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Column) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Column

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*Column) SetType 

func (s *Column) SetType(v string) *Column

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (Column) String 

func (s Column) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Column) Validate 

func (s *Column) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ColumnError added in v1.32.10 

type ColumnError struct {

	// The name of the column that failed.
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// An error message with the reason for the failure of an operation.
	Error *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Encapsulates a column name that failed and the reason for failure.

func (ColumnError) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColumnError) SetColumnName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnError) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnError

SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.

func (*ColumnError) SetError added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnError) SetError(v *ErrorDetail) *ColumnError

SetError sets the Error field's value.

func (ColumnError) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ColumnImportance added in v1.36.14 

type ColumnImportance struct {

	// The name of a column.
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The column importance score for the column, as a decimal.
	Importance *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing the column name and column importance score for a column.

Column importance helps you understand how columns contribute to your model, by identifying which columns in your records are more important than others.

func (ColumnImportance) GoString added in v1.36.14 

func (s ColumnImportance) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColumnImportance) SetColumnName added in v1.36.14 

func (s *ColumnImportance) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnImportance

SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.

func (*ColumnImportance) SetImportance added in v1.36.14 

func (s *ColumnImportance) SetImportance(v float64) *ColumnImportance

SetImportance sets the Importance field's value.

func (ColumnImportance) String added in v1.36.14 

func (s ColumnImportance) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ColumnStatistics added in v1.32.10 

type ColumnStatistics struct {

	// The timestamp of when column statistics were generated.
	//
	// AnalyzedTime is a required field
	AnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`

	// Name of column which statistics belong to.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The data type of the column.
	//
	// ColumnType is a required field
	ColumnType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A ColumnStatisticData object that contains the statistics data values.
	//
	// StatisticsData is a required field
	StatisticsData *ColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the generated column-level statistics for a table or partition.

func (ColumnStatistics) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatistics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColumnStatistics) SetAnalyzedTime added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *ColumnStatistics

SetAnalyzedTime sets the AnalyzedTime field's value.

func (*ColumnStatistics) SetColumnName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnStatistics

SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.

func (*ColumnStatistics) SetColumnType added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetColumnType(v string) *ColumnStatistics

SetColumnType sets the ColumnType field's value.

func (*ColumnStatistics) SetStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetStatisticsData(v *ColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatistics

SetStatisticsData sets the StatisticsData field's value.

func (ColumnStatistics) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatistics) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ColumnStatistics) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatistics) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type ColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// Binary column statistics data.
	BinaryColumnStatisticsData *BinaryColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Boolean column statistics data.
	BooleanColumnStatisticsData *BooleanColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Date column statistics data.
	DateColumnStatisticsData *DateColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Decimal column statistics data.
	DecimalColumnStatisticsData *DecimalColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Double column statistics data.
	DoubleColumnStatisticsData *DoubleColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Long column statistics data.
	LongColumnStatisticsData *LongColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// String column statistics data.
	StringColumnStatisticsData *StringColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// The type of column statistics data.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ColumnStatisticsType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the individual types of column statistics data. Only one data object should be set and indicated by the Type attribute.

func (ColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetBinaryColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetBinaryColumnStatisticsData(v *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetBinaryColumnStatisticsData sets the BinaryColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetBooleanColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetBooleanColumnStatisticsData(v *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetBooleanColumnStatisticsData sets the BooleanColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetDateColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDateColumnStatisticsData(v *DateColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetDateColumnStatisticsData sets the DateColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetDecimalColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDecimalColumnStatisticsData(v *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetDecimalColumnStatisticsData sets the DecimalColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetDoubleColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDoubleColumnStatisticsData(v *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetDoubleColumnStatisticsData sets the DoubleColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetLongColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetLongColumnStatisticsData(v *LongColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetLongColumnStatisticsData sets the LongColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetStringColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetStringColumnStatisticsData(v *StringColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetStringColumnStatisticsData sets the StringColumnStatisticsData field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) SetType added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetType(v string) *ColumnStatisticsData

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (ColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ColumnStatisticsError added in v1.32.10 

type ColumnStatisticsError struct {

	// The ColumnStatistics of the column.
	ColumnStatistics *ColumnStatistics `type:"structure"`

	// An error message with the reason for the failure of an operation.
	Error *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Encapsulates a ColumnStatistics object that failed and the reason for failure.

func (ColumnStatisticsError) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatisticsError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColumnStatisticsError) SetColumnStatistics added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsError) SetColumnStatistics(v *ColumnStatistics) *ColumnStatisticsError

SetColumnStatistics sets the ColumnStatistics field's value.

func (*ColumnStatisticsError) SetError added in v1.32.10 

func (s *ColumnStatisticsError) SetError(v *ErrorDetail) *ColumnStatisticsError

SetError sets the Error field's value.

func (ColumnStatisticsError) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s ColumnStatisticsError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConcurrentModificationException added in v1.28.0 

type ConcurrentModificationException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Error() string

func (ConcurrentModificationException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConcurrentModificationException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ConcurrentModificationException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ConcurrentModificationException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConcurrentModificationException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConcurrentRunsExceededException added in v1.28.0 

type ConcurrentRunsExceededException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Error() string

func (ConcurrentRunsExceededException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConcurrentRunsExceededException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ConcurrentRunsExceededException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ConcurrentRunsExceededException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConcurrentRunsExceededException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Condition 

type Condition struct {

	// The state of the crawler to which this condition applies.
	CrawlState *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlState"`

	// The name of the crawler to which this condition applies.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job whose JobRuns this condition applies to, and on which
	// this trigger waits.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A logical operator.
	LogicalOperator *string `type:"string" enum:"LogicalOperator"`

	// The condition state. Currently, the only job states that a trigger can listen
	// for are SUCCEEDED, STOPPED, FAILED, and TIMEOUT. The only crawler states
	// that a trigger can listen for are SUCCEEDED, FAILED, and CANCELLED.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a condition under which a trigger fires.

func (Condition) GoString 

func (s Condition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Condition) SetCrawlState added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Condition) SetCrawlState(v string) *Condition

SetCrawlState sets the CrawlState field's value.

func (*Condition) SetCrawlerName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Condition) SetCrawlerName(v string) *Condition

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (*Condition) SetJobName 

func (s *Condition) SetJobName(v string) *Condition

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*Condition) SetLogicalOperator 

func (s *Condition) SetLogicalOperator(v string) *Condition

SetLogicalOperator sets the LogicalOperator field's value.

func (*Condition) SetState 

func (s *Condition) SetState(v string) *Condition

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (Condition) String 

func (s Condition) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Condition) Validate 

func (s *Condition) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ConditionCheckFailureException added in v1.28.0 

type ConditionCheckFailureException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A specified condition was not satisfied.

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Error() string

func (ConditionCheckFailureException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConditionCheckFailureException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ConditionCheckFailureException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ConditionCheckFailureException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConditionCheckFailureException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConflictException added in v1.34.20 

type ConflictException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.

func (*ConflictException) Code added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ConflictException) Error added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) Error() string

func (ConflictException) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s ConflictException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConflictException) Message added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ConflictException) OrigErr added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ConflictException) RequestID added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ConflictException) StatusCode added in v1.34.20 

func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ConflictException) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s ConflictException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConfusionMatrix added in v1.22.2 

type ConfusionMatrix struct {

	// The number of matches in the data that the transform didn't find, in the
	// confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumFalseNegatives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform incorrectly classified
	// as a match, in the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumFalsePositives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform correctly rejected,
	// in the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumTrueNegatives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of matches in the data that the transform correctly found, in
	// the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumTruePositives *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately and what types of errors it is making.

For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix) in Wikipedia.

func (ConfusionMatrix) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s ConfusionMatrix) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalseNegatives added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalseNegatives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix

SetNumFalseNegatives sets the NumFalseNegatives field's value.

func (*ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalsePositives added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalsePositives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix

SetNumFalsePositives sets the NumFalsePositives field's value.

func (*ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTrueNegatives added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTrueNegatives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix

SetNumTrueNegatives sets the NumTrueNegatives field's value.

func (*ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTruePositives added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTruePositives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix

SetNumTruePositives sets the NumTruePositives field's value.

func (ConfusionMatrix) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s ConfusionMatrix) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Connection 

type Connection struct {

	// These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection:
	//
	//    * HOST - The host URI: either the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or
	//    the IPv4 address of the database host.
	//
	//    * PORT - The port number, between 1024 and 65535, of the port on which
	//    the database host is listening for database connections.
	//
	//    * USER_NAME - The name under which to log in to the database. The value
	//    string for USER_NAME is "USERNAME".
	//
	//    * PASSWORD - A password, if one is used, for the user name.
	//
	//    * ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD - When you enable connection password protection
	//    by setting ConnectionPasswordEncryption in the Data Catalog encryption
	//    settings, this field stores the encrypted password.
	//
	//    * JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI - The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
	//    path of the JAR file that contains the JDBC driver to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME - The class name of the JDBC driver to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENGINE - The name of the JDBC engine to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION - The version of the JDBC engine to use.
	//
	//    * CONFIG_FILES - (Reserved for future use.)
	//
	//    * INSTANCE_ID - The instance ID to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a JDBC data source.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL - A Boolean string (true, false) specifying whether
	//    Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) with hostname matching is enforced for the
	//    JDBC connection on the client. The default is false.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT - An Amazon S3 location specifying the customer's root
	//    certificate. AWS Glue uses this root certificate to validate the customer’s
	//    certificate when connecting to the customer database. AWS Glue only handles
	//    X.509 certificates. The certificate provided must be DER-encoded and supplied
	//    in Base64 encoding PEM format.
	//
	//    * SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION - By default, this is false. AWS Glue
	//    validates the Signature algorithm and Subject Public Key Algorithm for
	//    the customer certificate. The only permitted algorithms for the Signature
	//    algorithm are SHA256withRSA, SHA384withRSA or SHA512withRSA. For the Subject
	//    Public Key Algorithm, the key length must be at least 2048. You can set
	//    the value of this property to true to skip AWS Glue’s validation of
	//    the customer certificate.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING - A custom JDBC certificate string which is
	//    used for domain match or distinguished name match to prevent a man-in-the-middle
	//    attack. In Oracle database, this is used as the SSL_SERVER_CERT_DN; in
	//    Microsoft SQL Server, this is used as the hostNameInCertificate.
	//
	//    * CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a general (non-JDBC) data
	//    source.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS - A comma-separated list of host and port pairs
	//    that are the addresses of the Apache Kafka brokers in a Kafka cluster
	//    to which a Kafka client will connect to and bootstrap itself.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED - Whether to enable or disable SSL on an Apache Kafka
	//    connection. Default value is "true".
	//
	//    * KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT - The Amazon S3 URL for the private CA cert file (.pem
	//    format). The default is an empty string.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION - Whether to skip the validation of
	//    the CA cert file or not. AWS Glue validates for three algorithms: SHA256withRSA,
	//    SHA384withRSA and SHA512withRSA. Default value is "false".
	//
	//    * SECRET_ID - The secret ID used for the secret manager of credentials.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_URL - The connector URL for a MARKETPLACE or CUSTOM connection.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_TYPE - The connector type for a MARKETPLACE or CUSTOM connection.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME - The connector class name for a MARKETPLACE or
	//    CUSTOM connection.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE - The Amazon S3 location of the client keystore
	//    file for Kafka client side authentication (Optional).
	//
	//    * KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD - The password to access the provided
	//    keystore (Optional).
	//
	//    * KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD - A keystore can consist of multiple keys,
	//    so this is the password to access the client key to be used with the Kafka
	//    server side key (Optional).
	//
	//    * ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD - The encrypted version of
	//    the Kafka client keystore password (if the user has the AWS Glue encrypt
	//    passwords setting selected).
	//
	//    * ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD - The encrypted version of the Kafka
	//    client key password (if the user has the AWS Glue encrypt passwords setting
	//    selected).
	ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of the connection. Currently, SFTP is not supported.
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// The time that this connection definition was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The description of the connection.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The user, group, or role that last updated this connection definition.
	LastUpdatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last time that this connection definition was updated.
	LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the connection definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud
	// (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to make this connection successfully.
	PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a connection to a data source.

func (Connection) GoString 

func (s Connection) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Connection) SetConnectionProperties 

func (s *Connection) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *Connection

SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.

func (*Connection) SetConnectionType 

func (s *Connection) SetConnectionType(v string) *Connection

SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.

func (*Connection) SetCreationTime 

func (s *Connection) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Connection

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*Connection) SetDescription 

func (s *Connection) SetDescription(v string) *Connection

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Connection) SetLastUpdatedBy 

func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedBy(v string) *Connection

SetLastUpdatedBy sets the LastUpdatedBy field's value.

func (*Connection) SetLastUpdatedTime 

func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Connection

SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.

func (*Connection) SetMatchCriteria 

func (s *Connection) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *Connection

SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.

func (*Connection) SetName 

func (s *Connection) SetName(v string) *Connection

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Connection) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements 

func (s *Connection) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *Connection

SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.

func (Connection) String 

func (s Connection) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConnectionInput 

type ConnectionInput struct {

	// These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection.
	//
	// ConnectionProperties is a required field
	ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`

	// The type of the connection. Currently, these types are supported:
	//
	//    * JDBC - Designates a connection to a database through Java Database Connectivity
	//    (JDBC).
	//
	//    * KAFKA - Designates a connection to an Apache Kafka streaming platform.
	//
	//    * MONGODB - Designates a connection to a MongoDB document database.
	//
	//    * NETWORK - Designates a network connection to a data source within an
	//    Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC).
	//
	//    * MARKETPLACE - Uses configuration settings contained in a connector purchased
	//    from AWS Marketplace to read from and write to data stores that are not
	//    natively supported by AWS Glue.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM - Uses configuration settings contained in a custom connector
	//    to read from and write to data stores that are not natively supported
	//    by AWS Glue.
	//
	// SFTP is not supported.
	//
	// ConnectionType is a required field
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// The description of the connection.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the connection.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud
	// (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to successfully make this connection.
	PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure that is used to specify a connection to create or update.

func (ConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s ConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConnectionInput) SetConnectionProperties 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *ConnectionInput

SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.

func (*ConnectionInput) SetConnectionType 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionType(v string) *ConnectionInput

SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.

func (*ConnectionInput) SetDescription 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectionInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*ConnectionInput) SetMatchCriteria 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *ConnectionInput

SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.

func (*ConnectionInput) SetName 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectionInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ConnectionInput) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements 

func (s *ConnectionInput) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *ConnectionInput

SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.

func (ConnectionInput) String 

func (s ConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *ConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ConnectionPasswordEncryption added in v1.16.4 

type ConnectionPasswordEncryption struct {

	// An AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the connection password.
	//
	// If connection password protection is enabled, the caller of CreateConnection
	// and UpdateConnection needs at least kms:Encrypt permission on the specified
	// AWS KMS key, to encrypt passwords before storing them in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// You can set the decrypt permission to enable or restrict access on the password
	// key according to your security requirements.
	AwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// When the ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted flag is set to "true", passwords
	// remain encrypted in the responses of GetConnection and GetConnections. This
	// encryption takes effect independently from catalog encryption.
	//
	// ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted is a required field
	ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The data structure used by the Data Catalog to encrypt the password as part of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD field in the connection properties. You can enable catalog encryption or only password encryption.

When a CreationConnection request arrives containing a password, the Data Catalog first encrypts the password using your AWS KMS key. It then encrypts the whole connection object again if catalog encryption is also enabled.

This encryption requires that you set AWS KMS key permissions to enable or restrict access on the password key according to your security requirements. For example, you might want only administrators to have decrypt permission on the password key.

func (ConnectionPasswordEncryption) GoString added in v1.16.4 

func (s ConnectionPasswordEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetAwsKmsKeyId added in v1.16.4 

func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetAwsKmsKeyId(v string) *ConnectionPasswordEncryption

SetAwsKmsKeyId sets the AwsKmsKeyId field's value.

func (*ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted added in v1.16.4 

func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted(v bool) *ConnectionPasswordEncryption

SetReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted sets the ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted field's value.

func (ConnectionPasswordEncryption) String added in v1.16.4 

func (s ConnectionPasswordEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ConnectionPasswordEncryption) Validate added in v1.16.4 

func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ConnectionsList 

type ConnectionsList struct {

	// A list of connections used by the job.
	Connections []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the connections used by a job.

func (ConnectionsList) GoString 

func (s ConnectionsList) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConnectionsList) SetConnections 

func (s *ConnectionsList) SetConnections(v []*string) *ConnectionsList

SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.

func (ConnectionsList) String 

func (s ConnectionsList) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Crawl added in v1.20.5 

type Crawl struct {

	// The date and time on which the crawl completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The error message associated with the crawl.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The log group associated with the crawl.
	LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The log stream associated with the crawl.
	LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time on which the crawl started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The state of the crawler.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The details of a crawl in the workflow.

func (Crawl) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s Crawl) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Crawl) SetCompletedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *Crawl

SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.

func (*Crawl) SetErrorMessage added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetErrorMessage(v string) *Crawl

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (*Crawl) SetLogGroup added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetLogGroup(v string) *Crawl

SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value.

func (*Crawl) SetLogStream added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetLogStream(v string) *Crawl

SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value.

func (*Crawl) SetStartedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *Crawl

SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.

func (*Crawl) SetState added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Crawl) SetState(v string) *Crawl

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (Crawl) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s Crawl) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Crawler 

type Crawler struct {

	// A list of UTF-8 strings that specify the custom classifiers that are associated
	// with the crawler.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Include
	// and Exclude Patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/define-crawler.html#crawler-data-stores-exclude).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last
	// crawl began.
	CrawlElapsedTime *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the crawler was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the database in which the crawler's output is stored.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error
	// occurred.
	LastCrawl *LastCrawlInfo `type:"structure"`

	// The time that the crawler was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A configuration that specifies whether data lineage is enabled for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that's used to access customer
	// resources, such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// For scheduled crawlers, the schedule when the crawler runs.
	Schedule *Schedule `type:"structure"`

	// The policy that specifies update and delete behaviors for the crawler.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether the crawler is running, or whether a run is pending.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerState"`

	// The prefix added to the names of tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A collection of targets to crawl.
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`

	// The version of the crawler.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a crawler program that examines a data source and uses classifiers to try to determine its schema. If successful, the crawler records metadata concerning the data source in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.

func (Crawler) GoString 

func (s Crawler) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Crawler) SetClassifiers 

func (s *Crawler) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *Crawler

SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetConfiguration added in v1.12.29 

func (s *Crawler) SetConfiguration(v string) *Crawler

SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetCrawlElapsedTime 

func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlElapsedTime(v int64) *Crawler

SetCrawlElapsedTime sets the CrawlElapsedTime field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Crawler

SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetCreationTime 

func (s *Crawler) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Crawler

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *Crawler) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Crawler

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetDescription 

func (s *Crawler) SetDescription(v string) *Crawler

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetLastCrawl 

func (s *Crawler) SetLastCrawl(v *LastCrawlInfo) *Crawler

SetLastCrawl sets the LastCrawl field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetLastUpdated 

func (s *Crawler) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Crawler

SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetLineageConfiguration added in v1.35.34 

func (s *Crawler) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *Crawler

SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetName 

func (s *Crawler) SetName(v string) *Crawler

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetRecrawlPolicy added in v1.35.12 

func (s *Crawler) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *Crawler

SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetRole 

func (s *Crawler) SetRole(v string) *Crawler

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetSchedule 

func (s *Crawler) SetSchedule(v *Schedule) *Crawler

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetSchemaChangePolicy 

func (s *Crawler) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *Crawler

SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetState 

func (s *Crawler) SetState(v string) *Crawler

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetTablePrefix 

func (s *Crawler) SetTablePrefix(v string) *Crawler

SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetTargets 

func (s *Crawler) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *Crawler

SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.

func (*Crawler) SetVersion 

func (s *Crawler) SetVersion(v int64) *Crawler

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (Crawler) String 

func (s Crawler) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerMetrics 

type CrawlerMetrics struct {

	// The name of the crawler.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The duration of the crawler's most recent run, in seconds.
	LastRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The median duration of this crawler's runs, in seconds.
	MedianRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`

	// True if the crawler is still estimating how long it will take to complete
	// this run.
	StillEstimating *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of tables created by this crawler.
	TablesCreated *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of tables deleted by this crawler.
	TablesDeleted *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of tables updated by this crawler.
	TablesUpdated *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The estimated time left to complete a running crawl.
	TimeLeftSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Metrics for a specified crawler.

func (CrawlerMetrics) GoString 

func (s CrawlerMetrics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetCrawlerName 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetCrawlerName(v string) *CrawlerMetrics

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetLastRuntimeSeconds 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetLastRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetLastRuntimeSeconds sets the LastRuntimeSeconds field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetMedianRuntimeSeconds 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetMedianRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetMedianRuntimeSeconds sets the MedianRuntimeSeconds field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetStillEstimating 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetStillEstimating(v bool) *CrawlerMetrics

SetStillEstimating sets the StillEstimating field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesCreated 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesCreated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetTablesCreated sets the TablesCreated field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesDeleted 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesDeleted(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetTablesDeleted sets the TablesDeleted field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesUpdated 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesUpdated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetTablesUpdated sets the TablesUpdated field's value.

func (*CrawlerMetrics) SetTimeLeftSeconds 

func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTimeLeftSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics

SetTimeLeftSeconds sets the TimeLeftSeconds field's value.

func (CrawlerMetrics) String 

func (s CrawlerMetrics) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerNodeDetails added in v1.20.5 

type CrawlerNodeDetails struct {

	// A list of crawls represented by the crawl node.
	Crawls []*Crawl `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The details of a Crawler node present in the workflow.

func (CrawlerNodeDetails) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s CrawlerNodeDetails) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerNodeDetails) SetCrawls added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CrawlerNodeDetails) SetCrawls(v []*Crawl) *CrawlerNodeDetails

SetCrawls sets the Crawls field's value.

func (CrawlerNodeDetails) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s CrawlerNodeDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerNotRunningException added in v1.28.0 

type CrawlerNotRunningException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The specified crawler is not running.

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Error() string

func (CrawlerNotRunningException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerNotRunningException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*CrawlerNotRunningException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (CrawlerNotRunningException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerNotRunningException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerRunningException added in v1.28.0 

type CrawlerRunningException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.

func (*CrawlerRunningException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*CrawlerRunningException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Error() string

func (CrawlerRunningException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerRunningException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerRunningException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*CrawlerRunningException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*CrawlerRunningException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*CrawlerRunningException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (CrawlerRunningException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerRunningException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerStoppingException added in v1.28.0 

type CrawlerStoppingException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The specified crawler is stopping.

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Error() string

func (CrawlerStoppingException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerStoppingException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*CrawlerStoppingException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (CrawlerStoppingException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s CrawlerStoppingException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CrawlerTargets 

type CrawlerTargets struct {

	// Specifies AWS Glue Data Catalog targets.
	CatalogTargets []*CatalogTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon DynamoDB targets.
	DynamoDBTargets []*DynamoDBTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies JDBC targets.
	JdbcTargets []*JdbcTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB targets.
	MongoDBTargets []*MongoDBTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) targets.
	S3Targets []*S3Target `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies data stores to crawl.

func (CrawlerTargets) GoString 

func (s CrawlerTargets) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerTargets) SetCatalogTargets added in v1.19.28 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetCatalogTargets(v []*CatalogTarget) *CrawlerTargets

SetCatalogTargets sets the CatalogTargets field's value.

func (*CrawlerTargets) SetDynamoDBTargets added in v1.14.24 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetDynamoDBTargets(v []*DynamoDBTarget) *CrawlerTargets

SetDynamoDBTargets sets the DynamoDBTargets field's value.

func (*CrawlerTargets) SetJdbcTargets 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetJdbcTargets(v []*JdbcTarget) *CrawlerTargets

SetJdbcTargets sets the JdbcTargets field's value.

func (*CrawlerTargets) SetMongoDBTargets added in v1.35.3 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetMongoDBTargets(v []*MongoDBTarget) *CrawlerTargets

SetMongoDBTargets sets the MongoDBTargets field's value.

func (*CrawlerTargets) SetS3Targets 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetS3Targets(v []*S3Target) *CrawlerTargets

SetS3Targets sets the S3Targets field's value.

func (CrawlerTargets) String 

func (s CrawlerTargets) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CrawlerTargets) Validate added in v1.19.28 

func (s *CrawlerTargets) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClassifierInput 

type CreateClassifierInput struct {

	// A CsvClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	CsvClassifier *CreateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	GrokClassifier *CreateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	JsonClassifier *CreateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	XMLClassifier *CreateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClassifierInput) GoString 

func (s CreateClassifierInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier(v *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput

SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.

func (*CreateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier 

func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput

SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.

func (*CreateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier added in v1.12.72 

func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput

SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.

func (*CreateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput

SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.

func (CreateClassifierInput) String 

func (s CreateClassifierInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClassifierInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClassifierInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClassifierOutput 

type CreateClassifierOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClassifierOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateClassifierOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateClassifierOutput) String 

func (s CreateClassifierOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateConnectionInput 

type CreateConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is
	// provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create.
	//
	// ConnectionInput is a required field
	ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s CreateConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateConnectionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput 

func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *CreateConnectionInput

SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.

func (CreateConnectionInput) String 

func (s CreateConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateConnectionOutput 

type CreateConnectionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateConnectionOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateConnectionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateConnectionOutput) String 

func (s CreateConnectionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateCrawlerInput 

type CreateCrawlerInput struct {

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
	// a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Glue database where results are written, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new
	// crawler to access customer resources.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this crawler request. You may use tags to limit access
	// to the crawler. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags
	// in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of collection of targets to crawl.
	//
	// Targets is a required field
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s CreateCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetDescription 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy added in v1.35.12 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetRole 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) SetTargets 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *CreateCrawlerInput

SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.

func (CreateCrawlerInput) String 

func (s CreateCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateCrawlerOutput 

type CreateCrawlerOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateCsvClassifierRequest added in v1.19.2 

type CreateCsvClassifierRequest struct {

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// Must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a custom CSV classifier for CreateClassifier to create.

func (CreateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.19.2 

func (s CreateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader(v []*string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetHeader sets the Header field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest

SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.

func (CreateCsvClassifierRequest) String added in v1.19.2 

func (s CreateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDatabaseInput 

type CreateDatabaseInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The metadata for the database.
	//
	// DatabaseInput is a required field
	DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDatabaseInput) GoString 

func (s CreateDatabaseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateDatabaseInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput 

func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *CreateDatabaseInput

SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.

func (CreateDatabaseInput) String 

func (s CreateDatabaseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDatabaseInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDatabaseOutput 

type CreateDatabaseOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDatabaseOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDatabaseOutput) String 

func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDevEndpointInput 

type CreateDevEndpointInput struct {

	// A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should
	// be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated
	// by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not yet supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version
	// default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute
	// is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute
	// to use is public keys.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of public keys to be used by the development endpoints for authentication.
	// The use of this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the
	// public keys allow you to have a different private key per client.
	//
	// If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove
	// that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint
	// API with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, and the
	// list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.
	PublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The IAM role for the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this DevEndpoint. You may use tags to limit access to
	// the DevEndpoint. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags
	// in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	// Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType
	// configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on
	// 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDevEndpointInput) GoString 

func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetArguments added in v1.18.0 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraJarsS3Path 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.24.2 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfNodes 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.21.4 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKeys added in v1.15.1 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKeys(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetPublicKeys sets the PublicKeys field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSubnetId 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) SetWorkerType added in v1.21.4 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (CreateDevEndpointInput) String 

func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDevEndpointOutput 

type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct {

	// The map of arguments used to configure this DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	EndpointName *string `type:"string"`

	// Path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in
	// your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
	FailureReason *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure being used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the new DevEndpoint.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// May be a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`

	// The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint.
	YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
	ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDevEndpointOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetArguments added in v1.18.0 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetAvailabilityZone 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetEndpointName 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraJarsS3Path 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetFailureReason 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.24.2 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfNodes 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.21.4 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetStatus 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSubnetId 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetVpcId 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetWorkerType added in v1.21.4 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetYarnEndpointAddress 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.

func (*CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort added in v1.12.17 

func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput

SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.

func (CreateDevEndpointOutput) String 

func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateGrokClassifierRequest 

type CreateGrokClassifierRequest struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
	//
	// GrokPattern is a required field
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the new classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a grok classifier for CreateClassifier to create.

func (CreateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString 

func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification 

func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns 

func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest

SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.

func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern 

func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest

SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.

func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName 

func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String 

func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate 

func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobInput 

type CreateJobInput struct {

	// This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job.
	// You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job.
	//
	// Command is a required field
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The default arguments for this job.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Description of the job being defined.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job.
	// For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateJobInput) GoString 

func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobInput) SetAllocatedCapacity 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *CreateJobInput

SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetCommand 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *CreateJobInput

SetCommand sets the Command field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetConnections 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *CreateJobInput

SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetDefaultArguments 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput

SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetDescription 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetExecutionProperty 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *CreateJobInput

SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.21.4 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetLogUri 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetLogUri(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.16.22 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *CreateJobInput

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetMaxRetries 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateJobInput

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetName 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetNonOverridableArguments added in v1.29.1 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput

SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *CreateJobInput

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.19.11 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateJobInput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetRole 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *CreateJobInput

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetWorkerType added in v1.19.11 

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (CreateJobInput) String 

func (s CreateJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobOutput 

type CreateJobOutput struct {

	// The unique name that was provided for this job definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateJobOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobOutput) SetName 

func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateJobOutput) String 

func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateJsonClassifierRequest added in v1.12.72 

type CreateJsonClassifierRequest struct {

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	//
	// JsonPath is a required field
	JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a JSON classifier for CreateClassifier to create.

func (CreateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.12.72 

func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath added in v1.12.72 

func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest

SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.

func (*CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.12.72 

func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String added in v1.12.72 

func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.12.72 

func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateMLTransformInput added in v1.22.2 

type CreateMLTransformInput struct {

	// A description of the machine learning transform that is being defined. The
	// default is an empty string.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	//
	// InputRecordTables is a required field
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name that you give the transform when you create it.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	//
	// If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used.
	// Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
	// permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
	// the transform.
	//
	//    * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
	//    resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
	//    Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
	//
	//    * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
	//    S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
	//    used by the task run for this transform.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to use with this machine learning transform. You may use tags to
	// limit access to the machine learning transform. For more information about
	// tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The timeout of the task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMLTransformInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s CreateMLTransformInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetDescription added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.25.40 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetInputRecordTables added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetRole added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetTags added in v1.29.13 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetTransformEncryption added in v1.35.16 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (CreateMLTransformInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s CreateMLTransformInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateMLTransformInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateMLTransformOutput added in v1.22.2 

type CreateMLTransformOutput struct {

	// A unique identifier that is generated for the transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMLTransformOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s CreateMLTransformOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *CreateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *CreateMLTransformOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (CreateMLTransformOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s CreateMLTransformOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePartitionIndexInput added in v1.35.34 

type CreatePartitionIndexInput struct {

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database in which you want to create a partition
	// index.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies a PartitionIndex structure to create a partition index in an existing
	// table.
	//
	// PartitionIndex is a required field
	PartitionIndex *PartitionIndex `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of a table in which you want to create a partition index.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartitionIndexInput) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s CreatePartitionIndexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetPartitionIndex added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetPartitionIndex(v *PartitionIndex) *CreatePartitionIndexInput

SetPartitionIndex sets the PartitionIndex field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (CreatePartitionIndexInput) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s CreatePartitionIndexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartitionIndexInput) Validate added in v1.35.34 

func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePartitionIndexOutput added in v1.35.34 

type CreatePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartitionIndexOutput) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s CreatePartitionIndexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreatePartitionIndexOutput) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s CreatePartitionIndexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePartitionInput 

type CreatePartitionInput struct {

	// The AWS account ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartitionInput) GoString 

func (s CreatePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput 

func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *CreatePartitionInput

SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.

func (*CreatePartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (CreatePartitionInput) String 

func (s CreatePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *CreatePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePartitionOutput 

type CreatePartitionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s CreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreatePartitionOutput) String 

func (s CreatePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateRegistryInput added in v1.35.32 

type CreateRegistryInput struct {

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, there will
	// not be any default value for this.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the registry to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// RegistryName is a required field
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// AWS tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command
	// line, or API.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateRegistryInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateRegistryInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateRegistryInput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateRegistryInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateRegistryInput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateRegistryInput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*CreateRegistryInput) SetTags added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateRegistryInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateRegistryInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateRegistryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateRegistryInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateRegistryOutput added in v1.35.32 

type CreateRegistryOutput struct {

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the newly created registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The tags for the registry.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateRegistryOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateRegistryOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateRegistryOutput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*CreateRegistryOutput) SetTags added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateRegistryOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateRegistryOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateRegistryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSchemaInput added in v1.35.32 

type CreateSchemaInput struct {

	// The compatibility mode of the schema. The possible values are:
	//
	//    * NONE: No compatibility mode applies. You can use this choice in development
	//    scenarios or if you do not know the compatibility mode that you want to
	//    apply to schemas. Any new version added will be accepted without undergoing
	//    a compatibility check.
	//
	//    * DISABLED: This compatibility choice prevents versioning for a particular
	//    schema. You can use this choice to prevent future versioning of a schema.
	//
	//    * BACKWARD: This compatibility choice is recommended as it allows data
	//    receivers to read both the current and one previous schema version. This
	//    means that for instance, a new schema version cannot drop data fields
	//    or change the type of these fields, so they can't be read by readers using
	//    the previous version.
	//
	//    * BACKWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read
	//    both the current and all previous schema versions. You can use this choice
	//    when you need to delete fields or add optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	//
	//    * FORWARD: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both
	//    the current and one next schema version, but not necessarily later versions.
	//    You can use this choice when you need to add fields or delete optional
	//    fields, but only check compatibility against the last schema version.
	//
	//    * FORWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read
	//    written by producers of any new registered schema. You can use this choice
	//    when you need to add fields or delete optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	//
	//    * FULL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data written
	//    by producers using the previous or next version of the schema, but not
	//    necessarily earlier or later versions. You can use this choice when you
	//    need to add or remove optional fields, but only check compatibility against
	//    the last schema version.
	//
	//    * FULL_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data
	//    written by producers using all previous schema versions. You can use this
	//    choice when you need to add or remove optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	//
	// DataFormat is a required field
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// An optional description of the schema. If description is not provided, there
	// will not be any automatic default value for this.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper shape to contain the registry identity fields. If this
	// is not provided, the default registry will be used. The ARN format for the
	// same will be: arn:aws:glue:us-east-2:<customer id>:registry/default-registry:random-5-letter-id.
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure"`

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for SchemaName.
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the schema to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// SchemaName is a required field
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// AWS tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command
	// line, or API. If specified, follows the AWS tags-on-create pattern.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSchemaInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateSchemaInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility(v string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetRegistryId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *CreateSchemaInput

SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaName(v string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaInput) SetTags added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateSchemaInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateSchemaInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateSchemaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateSchemaInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateSchemaOutput added in v1.35.32 

type CreateSchemaOutput struct {

	// The schema compatibility mode.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// A description of the schema if specified when created.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode
	// was changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The unique identifier of the first schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the first schema version created.
	SchemaVersionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The tags for the schema.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSchemaOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateSchemaOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetLatestSchemaVersion sets the LatestSchemaVersion field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetNextSchemaVersion sets the NextSchemaVersion field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaCheckpoint sets the SchemaCheckpoint field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionStatus(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaVersionStatus sets the SchemaVersionStatus field's value.

func (*CreateSchemaOutput) SetTags added in v1.35.32 

func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateSchemaOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateSchemaOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s CreateSchemaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateScriptInput 

type CreateScriptInput struct {

	// A list of the edges in the DAG.
	DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the nodes in the DAG.
	DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`

	// The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG.
	Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateScriptInput) GoString 

func (s CreateScriptInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateScriptInput) SetDagEdges 

func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *CreateScriptInput

SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.

func (*CreateScriptInput) SetDagNodes 

func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *CreateScriptInput

SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.

func (*CreateScriptInput) SetLanguage added in v1.12.61 

func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetLanguage(v string) *CreateScriptInput

SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.

func (CreateScriptInput) String 

func (s CreateScriptInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateScriptInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateScriptInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateScriptOutput 

type CreateScriptOutput struct {

	// The Python script generated from the DAG.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`

	// The Scala code generated from the DAG.
	ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateScriptOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateScriptOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateScriptOutput) SetPythonScript 

func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *CreateScriptOutput

SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.

func (*CreateScriptOutput) SetScalaCode added in v1.12.61 

func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *CreateScriptOutput

SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.

func (CreateScriptOutput) String 

func (s CreateScriptOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput added in v1.15.21 

type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The encryption configuration for the new security configuration.
	//
	// EncryptionConfiguration is a required field
	EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name for the new security configuration.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput

SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput added in v1.15.21 

type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The time at which the new security configuration was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name assigned to the new security configuration.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput

SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.

func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateTableInput 

type CreateTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition indexes, PartitionIndex structures, to create in the
	// table.
	PartitionIndexes []*PartitionIndex `type:"list"`

	// The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog.
	//
	// TableInput is a required field
	TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTableInput) GoString 

func (s CreateTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateTableInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *CreateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreateTableInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *CreateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CreateTableInput) SetPartitionIndexes added in v1.34.20 

func (s *CreateTableInput) SetPartitionIndexes(v []*PartitionIndex) *CreateTableInput

SetPartitionIndexes sets the PartitionIndexes field's value.

func (*CreateTableInput) SetTableInput 

func (s *CreateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *CreateTableInput

SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.

func (CreateTableInput) String 

func (s CreateTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateTableInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateTableOutput 

type CreateTableOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTableOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateTableOutput) String 

func (s CreateTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateTriggerInput 

type CreateTriggerInput struct {

	// The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires.
	//
	// Actions is a required field
	Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A description of the new trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire.
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED.
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True
	// is not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers.
	StartOnCreation *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The tags to use with this trigger. You may use tags to limit access to the
	// trigger. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS
	// Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) in the
	// developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of the new trigger.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TriggerType"`

	// The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.
	WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s CreateTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetActions 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateTriggerInput

SetActions sets the Actions field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetDescription 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetPredicate 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *CreateTriggerInput

SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetSchedule 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetStartOnCreation added in v1.13.32 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetStartOnCreation(v bool) *CreateTriggerInput

SetStartOnCreation sets the StartOnCreation field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetType 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*CreateTriggerInput) SetWorkflowName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetWorkflowName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput

SetWorkflowName sets the WorkflowName field's value.

func (CreateTriggerInput) String 

func (s CreateTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateTriggerOutput 

type CreateTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateTriggerOutput) SetName 

func (s *CreateTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateTriggerOutput) String 

func (s CreateTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which to create the function.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// FunctionInput is a required field
	FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString 

func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput 

func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.

func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String 

func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String 

func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateWorkflowInput added in v1.20.5 

type CreateWorkflowInput struct {

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name to be assigned to the workflow. It should be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be used with this workflow.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateWorkflowInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s CreateWorkflowInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *CreateWorkflowInput

SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) SetDescription added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateWorkflowInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns added in v1.34.1 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *CreateWorkflowInput

SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *CreateWorkflowInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) SetTags added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateWorkflowInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateWorkflowInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s CreateWorkflowInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateWorkflowInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateWorkflowOutput added in v1.20.5 

type CreateWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The name of the workflow which was provided as part of the request.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateWorkflowOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s CreateWorkflowOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateWorkflowOutput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *CreateWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateWorkflowOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CreateWorkflowOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s CreateWorkflowOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateXMLClassifierRequest added in v1.12.29 

type CreateXMLClassifierRequest struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an XML classifier for CreateClassifier to create.

func (CreateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.12.29 

func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest

SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.

func (CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String added in v1.12.29 

func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.12.29 

func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CsvClassifier added in v1.19.2 

type CsvClassifier struct {

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// It must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A classifier for custom CSV content.

func (CsvClassifier) GoString added in v1.19.2 

func (s CsvClassifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CsvClassifier) SetAllowSingleColumn added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *CsvClassifier

SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetContainsHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetContainsHeader(v string) *CsvClassifier

SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetCreationTime added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *CsvClassifier

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetDelimiter added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetDelimiter(v string) *CsvClassifier

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetDisableValueTrimming added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *CsvClassifier

SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetHeader(v []*string) *CsvClassifier

SetHeader sets the Header field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetLastUpdated added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *CsvClassifier

SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetName added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetName(v string) *CsvClassifier

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetQuoteSymbol added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *CsvClassifier

SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.

func (*CsvClassifier) SetVersion added in v1.19.2 

func (s *CsvClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *CsvClassifier

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (CsvClassifier) String added in v1.19.2 

func (s CsvClassifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings added in v1.15.21 

type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings struct {

	// When connection password protection is enabled, the Data Catalog uses a customer-provided
	// key to encrypt the password as part of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection
	// and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD field in the connection properties.
	// You can enable catalog encryption or only password encryption.
	ConnectionPasswordEncryption *ConnectionPasswordEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog.
	EncryptionAtRest *EncryptionAtRest `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains configuration information for maintaining Data Catalog security.

func (DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetConnectionPasswordEncryption added in v1.16.4 

func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetConnectionPasswordEncryption(v *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings

SetConnectionPasswordEncryption sets the ConnectionPasswordEncryption field's value.

func (*DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionAtRest added in v1.15.21 

func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionAtRest(v *EncryptionAtRest) *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings

SetEncryptionAtRest sets the EncryptionAtRest field's value.

func (DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DataLakePrincipal added in v1.22.2 

type DataLakePrincipal struct {

	// An identifier for the AWS Lake Formation principal.
	DataLakePrincipalIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The AWS Lake Formation principal.

func (DataLakePrincipal) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s DataLakePrincipal) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DataLakePrincipal) SetDataLakePrincipalIdentifier added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DataLakePrincipal) SetDataLakePrincipalIdentifier(v string) *DataLakePrincipal

SetDataLakePrincipalIdentifier sets the DataLakePrincipalIdentifier field's value.

func (DataLakePrincipal) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s DataLakePrincipal) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DataLakePrincipal) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DataLakePrincipal) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Database 

type Database struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals.
	CreateTableDefaultPermissions []*PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"`

	// The time at which the metadata database was created in the catalog.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A description of the database.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
	LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
	// when it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A DatabaseIdentifier structure that describes a target database for resource
	// linking.
	TargetDatabase *DatabaseIdentifier `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Database object represents a logical grouping of tables that might reside in a Hive metastore or an RDBMS.

func (Database) GoString 

func (s Database) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Database) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *Database) SetCatalogId(v string) *Database

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*Database) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Database) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions(v []*PrincipalPermissions) *Database

SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions sets the CreateTableDefaultPermissions field's value.

func (*Database) SetCreateTime 

func (s *Database) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Database

SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.

func (*Database) SetDescription 

func (s *Database) SetDescription(v string) *Database

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Database) SetLocationUri 

func (s *Database) SetLocationUri(v string) *Database

SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.

func (*Database) SetName 

func (s *Database) SetName(v string) *Database

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Database) SetParameters 

func (s *Database) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Database

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*Database) SetTargetDatabase added in v1.33.3 

func (s *Database) SetTargetDatabase(v *DatabaseIdentifier) *Database

SetTargetDatabase sets the TargetDatabase field's value.

func (Database) String 

func (s Database) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DatabaseIdentifier added in v1.33.3 

type DatabaseIdentifier struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure that describes a target database for resource linking.

func (DatabaseIdentifier) GoString added in v1.33.3 

func (s DatabaseIdentifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DatabaseIdentifier) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) SetCatalogId(v string) *DatabaseIdentifier

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DatabaseIdentifier) SetDatabaseName added in v1.33.3 

func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DatabaseIdentifier

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (DatabaseIdentifier) String added in v1.33.3 

func (s DatabaseIdentifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DatabaseIdentifier) Validate added in v1.33.3 

func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DatabaseInput 

type DatabaseInput struct {

	// Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals.
	CreateTableDefaultPermissions []*PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"`

	// A description of the database.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
	LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
	// when it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	//
	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A DatabaseIdentifier structure that describes a target database for resource
	// linking.
	TargetDatabase *DatabaseIdentifier `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The structure used to create or update a database.

func (DatabaseInput) GoString 

func (s DatabaseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DatabaseInput) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions(v []*PrincipalPermissions) *DatabaseInput

SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions sets the CreateTableDefaultPermissions field's value.

func (*DatabaseInput) SetDescription 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetDescription(v string) *DatabaseInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*DatabaseInput) SetLocationUri 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetLocationUri(v string) *DatabaseInput

SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.

func (*DatabaseInput) SetName 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DatabaseInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DatabaseInput) SetParameters 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *DatabaseInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*DatabaseInput) SetTargetDatabase added in v1.33.3 

func (s *DatabaseInput) SetTargetDatabase(v *DatabaseIdentifier) *DatabaseInput

SetTargetDatabase sets the TargetDatabase field's value.

func (DatabaseInput) String 

func (s DatabaseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DatabaseInput) Validate 

func (s *DatabaseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DateColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type DateColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for timestamp data columns.

func (DateColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DateColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v time.Time) *DateColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.

func (*DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v time.Time) *DateColumnStatisticsData

SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.

func (*DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DateColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.

func (*DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DateColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (DateColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DateColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DateColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DecimalColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type DecimalColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *DecimalNumber `type:"structure"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *DecimalNumber `type:"structure"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for fixed-point number data columns.

func (DecimalColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DecimalColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v *DecimalNumber) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.

func (*DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v *DecimalNumber) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData

SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.

func (*DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.

func (*DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (DecimalColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DecimalColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DecimalColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DecimalNumber added in v1.32.10 

type DecimalNumber struct {

	// The scale that determines where the decimal point falls in the unscaled value.
	//
	// Scale is a required field
	Scale *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The unscaled numeric value.
	//
	// UnscaledValue is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	//
	// UnscaledValue is a required field
	UnscaledValue []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains a numeric value in decimal format.

func (DecimalNumber) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DecimalNumber) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DecimalNumber) SetScale added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalNumber) SetScale(v int64) *DecimalNumber

SetScale sets the Scale field's value.

func (*DecimalNumber) SetUnscaledValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalNumber) SetUnscaledValue(v []byte) *DecimalNumber

SetUnscaledValue sets the UnscaledValue field's value.

func (DecimalNumber) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DecimalNumber) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DecimalNumber) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DecimalNumber) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClassifierInput 

type DeleteClassifierInput struct {

	// Name of the classifier to remove.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClassifierInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteClassifierInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClassifierInput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteClassifierInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteClassifierInput) String 

func (s DeleteClassifierInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClassifierInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClassifierOutput 

type DeleteClassifierOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClassifierOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteClassifierOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput added in v1.32.10 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the column.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput added in v1.32.10 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput added in v1.32.10 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the column.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput added in v1.32.10 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteConnectionInput 

type DeleteConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the connection to delete.
	//
	// ConnectionName is a required field
	ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionName 

func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionName(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput

SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.

func (DeleteConnectionInput) String 

func (s DeleteConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteConnectionOutput 

type DeleteConnectionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteConnectionOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteConnectionOutput) String 

func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteCrawlerInput 

type DeleteCrawlerInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler to remove.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteCrawlerInput) String 

func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteCrawlerOutput 

type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDatabaseInput 

type DeleteDatabaseInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be
	// all lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDatabaseInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteDatabaseInput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteDatabaseInput) String 

func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDatabaseOutput 

type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDatabaseOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDatabaseOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDevEndpointInput 

type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct {

	// The name of the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDevEndpointInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName 

func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDevEndpointInput

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (DeleteDevEndpointInput) String 

func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDevEndpointOutput 

type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDevEndpointOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteJobInput 

type DeleteJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to delete.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteJobInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobInput) SetJobName 

func (s *DeleteJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (DeleteJobInput) String 

func (s DeleteJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteJobOutput 

type DeleteJobOutput struct {

	// The name of the job definition that was deleted.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteJobOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobOutput) SetJobName 

func (s *DeleteJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobOutput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (DeleteJobOutput) String 

func (s DeleteJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteMLTransformInput added in v1.22.2 

type DeleteMLTransformInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform to delete.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMLTransformInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s DeleteMLTransformInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMLTransformInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DeleteMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *DeleteMLTransformInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (DeleteMLTransformInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s DeleteMLTransformInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMLTransformInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DeleteMLTransformInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteMLTransformOutput added in v1.22.2 

type DeleteMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform that was deleted.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMLTransformOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s DeleteMLTransformOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *DeleteMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *DeleteMLTransformOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (DeleteMLTransformOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s DeleteMLTransformOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePartitionIndexInput added in v1.35.34 

type DeletePartitionIndexInput struct {

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to delete a partition
	// index.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition index to be deleted.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of a table from which you want to delete a partition index.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePartitionIndexInput) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s DeletePartitionIndexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.35.34 

func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.35.34 

func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetIndexName added in v1.35.34 

func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetIndexName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput

SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName added in v1.35.34 

func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (DeletePartitionIndexInput) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s DeletePartitionIndexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePartitionIndexInput) Validate added in v1.35.34 

func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePartitionIndexOutput added in v1.35.34 

type DeletePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePartitionIndexOutput) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s DeletePartitionIndexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeletePartitionIndexOutput) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s DeletePartitionIndexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePartitionInput 

type DeletePartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table that contains the partition to be deleted.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePartitionInput) GoString 

func (s DeletePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionValues 

func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeletePartitionInput

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (*DeletePartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (DeletePartitionInput) String 

func (s DeletePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *DeletePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePartitionOutput 

type DeletePartitionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s DeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeletePartitionOutput) String 

func (s DeletePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteRegistryInput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteRegistryInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteRegistryInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteRegistryInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteRegistryInput) SetRegistryId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *DeleteRegistryInput

SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.

func (DeleteRegistryInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteRegistryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteRegistryInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteRegistryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteRegistryOutput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteRegistryOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry. A successful operation will return the Deleting
	// status.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteRegistryOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteRegistryOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*DeleteRegistryOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (DeleteRegistryOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteRegistryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput added in v1.15.23 

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The hash value returned when this policy was set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource for the resource policy to be deleted.
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteResourcePolicyInput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s DeleteResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition added in v1.15.23 

func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition(v string) *DeleteResourcePolicyInput

SetPolicyHashCondition sets the PolicyHashCondition field's value.

func (*DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.33.3 

func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteResourcePolicyInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (DeleteResourcePolicyInput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s DeleteResourcePolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteResourcePolicyInput) Validate added in v1.15.23 

func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.15.23 

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSchemaInput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteSchemaInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSchemaInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *DeleteSchemaInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (DeleteSchemaInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSchemaOutput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteSchemaOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSchemaOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*DeleteSchemaOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (DeleteSchemaOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSchemaVersionsInput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteSchemaVersionsInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A version range may be supplied which may be of the format:
	//
	//    * a single version number, 5
	//
	//    * a range, 5-8 : deletes versions 5, 6, 7, 8
	//
	// Versions is a required field
	Versions *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetVersions added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetVersions(v string) *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput

SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.

func (DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput added in v1.35.32 

type DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of SchemaVersionErrorItem objects, each containing an error and schema
	// version.
	SchemaVersionErrors []*SchemaVersionErrorItem `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemaVersionErrors added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemaVersionErrors(v []*SchemaVersionErrorItem) *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput

SetSchemaVersionErrors sets the SchemaVersionErrors field's value.

func (DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput added in v1.15.21 

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the security configuration to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput added in v1.15.21 

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTableInput 

type DeleteTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is
	// entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTableInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeleteTableInput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTableInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteTableInput) String 

func (s DeleteTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTableInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTableOutput 

type DeleteTableOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTableOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteTableOutput) String 

func (s DeleteTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTableVersionInput added in v1.12.66 

type DeleteTableVersionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the table version to be deleted. A VersionID is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// VersionId is a required field
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTableVersionInput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteTableVersionInput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate added in v1.12.66 

func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTableVersionOutput added in v1.12.66 

type DeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteTableVersionOutput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTriggerInput 

type DeleteTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteTriggerInput) String 

func (s DeleteTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTriggerOutput 

type DeleteTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was deleted.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTriggerOutput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteTriggerOutput) String 

func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If
	// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function definition to be deleted.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName 

func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.

func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String 

func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String 

func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteWorkflowInput added in v1.20.5 

type DeleteWorkflowInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteWorkflowInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s DeleteWorkflowInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteWorkflowInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *DeleteWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteWorkflowInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteWorkflowInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s DeleteWorkflowInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteWorkflowInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *DeleteWorkflowInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteWorkflowOutput added in v1.20.5 

type DeleteWorkflowOutput struct {

	// Name of the workflow specified in input.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteWorkflowOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s DeleteWorkflowOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteWorkflowOutput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *DeleteWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteWorkflowOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteWorkflowOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s DeleteWorkflowOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DevEndpoint 

type DevEndpoint struct {

	// A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the DevEndpoint.
	EndpointName *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	//
	// You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should
	// be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated
	// by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not currently supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
	FailureReason *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version
	// default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was last modified.
	LastModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The status of the last update.
	LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A private IP address to access the DevEndpoint within a VPC if the DevEndpoint
	// is created within one. The PrivateAddress field is present only when you
	// create the DevEndpoint within your VPC.
	PrivateAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public IP address used by this DevEndpoint. The PublicAddress field is
	// present only when you create a non-virtual private cloud (VPC) DevEndpoint.
	PublicAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute
	// is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute
	// to use is public keys.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of public keys to be used by the DevEndpoints for authentication.
	// Using this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the public
	// keys allow you to have a different private key per client.
	//
	// If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove
	// that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint
	// API operation with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute,
	// and the list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.
	PublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role used in this DevEndpoint.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of security group identifiers used in this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of this DevEndpoint.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The subnet ID for this DevEndpoint.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	// Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType
	// configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on
	// 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`

	// The YARN endpoint address used by this DevEndpoint.
	YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
	ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A development endpoint where a developer can remotely debug extract, transform, and load (ETL) scripts.

func (DevEndpoint) GoString 

func (s DevEndpoint) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DevEndpoint) SetArguments added in v1.18.0 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *DevEndpoint

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetAvailabilityZone 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetCreatedTimestamp 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint

SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetEndpointName 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetEndpointName(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetExtraJarsS3Path 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetFailureReason 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetFailureReason(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetGlueVersion added in v1.24.2 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetGlueVersion(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetLastModifiedTimestamp 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint

SetLastModifiedTimestamp sets the LastModifiedTimestamp field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetLastUpdateStatus 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastUpdateStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetLastUpdateStatus sets the LastUpdateStatus field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfNodes 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DevEndpoint

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.21.4 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *DevEndpoint

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetPrivateAddress added in v1.13.17 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPrivateAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetPrivateAddress sets the PrivateAddress field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetPublicAddress 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetPublicAddress sets the PublicAddress field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetPublicKey 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKey(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetPublicKeys added in v1.15.1 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKeys(v []*string) *DevEndpoint

SetPublicKeys sets the PublicKeys field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetRoleArn 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetRoleArn(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetSecurityGroupIds 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DevEndpoint

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetStatus 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetSubnetId 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSubnetId(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetVpcId 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetWorkerType added in v1.21.4 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetWorkerType(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetYarnEndpointAddress 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint

SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.

func (*DevEndpoint) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort added in v1.12.17 

func (s *DevEndpoint) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *DevEndpoint

SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.

func (DevEndpoint) String 

func (s DevEndpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DevEndpointCustomLibraries 

type DevEndpointCustomLibraries struct {

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	//
	// You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon Simple Storage Service
	// (Amazon S3) bucket that should be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values
	// must be complete paths separated by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not currently supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Custom libraries to be loaded into a development endpoint.

func (DevEndpointCustomLibraries) GoString 

func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraJarsS3Path 

func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries

SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.

func (*DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path 

func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries

SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.

func (DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String 

func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DoubleColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type DoubleColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for floating-point number data columns.

func (DoubleColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s DoubleColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v float64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.

func (*DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v float64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData

SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.

func (*DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.

func (*DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (DoubleColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s DoubleColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DoubleColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DynamoDBTarget added in v1.14.24 

type DynamoDBTarget struct {

	// The name of the DynamoDB table to crawl.
	Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to scan all the records, or to sample rows from the table.
	// Scanning all the records can take a long time when the table is not a high
	// throughput table.
	//
	// A value of true means to scan all records, while a value of false means to
	// sample the records. If no value is specified, the value defaults to true.
	ScanAll *bool `locationName:"scanAll" type:"boolean"`

	// The percentage of the configured read capacity units to use by the AWS Glue
	// crawler. Read capacity units is a term defined by DynamoDB, and is a numeric
	// value that acts as rate limiter for the number of reads that can be performed
	// on that table per second.
	//
	// The valid values are null or a value between 0.1 to 1.5. A null value is
	// used when user does not provide a value, and defaults to 0.5 of the configured
	// Read Capacity Unit (for provisioned tables), or 0.25 of the max configured
	// Read Capacity Unit (for tables using on-demand mode).
	ScanRate *float64 `locationName:"scanRate" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an Amazon DynamoDB table to crawl.

func (DynamoDBTarget) GoString added in v1.14.24 

func (s DynamoDBTarget) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DynamoDBTarget) SetPath added in v1.14.24 

func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetPath(v string) *DynamoDBTarget

SetPath sets the Path field's value.

func (*DynamoDBTarget) SetScanAll added in v1.32.1 

func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetScanAll(v bool) *DynamoDBTarget

SetScanAll sets the ScanAll field's value.

func (*DynamoDBTarget) SetScanRate added in v1.32.1 

func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetScanRate(v float64) *DynamoDBTarget

SetScanRate sets the ScanRate field's value.

func (DynamoDBTarget) String added in v1.14.24 

func (s DynamoDBTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Edge added in v1.20.5 

type Edge struct {

	// The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge ends.
	DestinationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge starts.
	SourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An edge represents a directed connection between two AWS Glue components that are part of the workflow the edge belongs to.

func (Edge) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s Edge) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Edge) SetDestinationId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Edge) SetDestinationId(v string) *Edge

SetDestinationId sets the DestinationId field's value.

func (*Edge) SetSourceId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Edge) SetSourceId(v string) *Edge

SetSourceId sets the SourceId field's value.

func (Edge) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s Edge) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EncryptionAtRest added in v1.15.21 

type EncryptionAtRest struct {

	// The encryption-at-rest mode for encrypting Data Catalog data.
	//
	// CatalogEncryptionMode is a required field
	CatalogEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CatalogEncryptionMode"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key to use for encryption at rest.
	SseAwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog.

func (EncryptionAtRest) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s EncryptionAtRest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EncryptionAtRest) SetCatalogEncryptionMode added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionAtRest) SetCatalogEncryptionMode(v string) *EncryptionAtRest

SetCatalogEncryptionMode sets the CatalogEncryptionMode field's value.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) SetSseAwsKmsKeyId added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionAtRest) SetSseAwsKmsKeyId(v string) *EncryptionAtRest

SetSseAwsKmsKeyId sets the SseAwsKmsKeyId field's value.

func (EncryptionAtRest) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s EncryptionAtRest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EncryptionAtRest) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionAtRest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EncryptionConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

type EncryptionConfiguration struct {

	// The encryption configuration for Amazon CloudWatch.
	CloudWatchEncryption *CloudWatchEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for job bookmarks.
	JobBookmarksEncryption *JobBookmarksEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
	// data.
	S3Encryption []*S3Encryption `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an encryption configuration.

func (EncryptionConfiguration) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EncryptionConfiguration) SetCloudWatchEncryption added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetCloudWatchEncryption(v *CloudWatchEncryption) *EncryptionConfiguration

SetCloudWatchEncryption sets the CloudWatchEncryption field's value.

func (*EncryptionConfiguration) SetJobBookmarksEncryption added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetJobBookmarksEncryption(v *JobBookmarksEncryption) *EncryptionConfiguration

SetJobBookmarksEncryption sets the JobBookmarksEncryption field's value.

func (*EncryptionConfiguration) SetS3Encryption added in v1.15.21 

func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetS3Encryption(v []*S3Encryption) *EncryptionConfiguration

SetS3Encryption sets the S3Encryption field's value.

func (EncryptionConfiguration) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EncryptionException added in v1.28.0 

type EncryptionException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An encryption operation failed.

func (*EncryptionException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*EncryptionException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) Error() string

func (EncryptionException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s EncryptionException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EncryptionException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*EncryptionException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*EncryptionException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*EncryptionException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EncryptionException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (EncryptionException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s EncryptionException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EntityNotFoundException added in v1.28.0 

type EntityNotFoundException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A specified entity does not exist

func (*EntityNotFoundException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*EntityNotFoundException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Error() string

func (EntityNotFoundException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s EntityNotFoundException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EntityNotFoundException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*EntityNotFoundException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*EntityNotFoundException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*EntityNotFoundException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (EntityNotFoundException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s EntityNotFoundException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ErrorDetail 

type ErrorDetail struct {

	// The code associated with this error.
	ErrorCode *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A message describing the error.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about an error.

func (ErrorDetail) GoString 

func (s ErrorDetail) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ErrorDetail) SetErrorCode 

func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetail

SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.

func (*ErrorDetail) SetErrorMessage 

func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetail

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (ErrorDetail) String 

func (s ErrorDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ErrorDetails added in v1.35.32 

type ErrorDetails struct {

	// The error code for an error.
	ErrorCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The error message for an error.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object containing error details.

func (ErrorDetails) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ErrorDetails) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ErrorDetails) SetErrorCode added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ErrorDetails) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetails

SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.

func (*ErrorDetails) SetErrorMessage added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ErrorDetails) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetails

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (ErrorDetails) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ErrorDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EvaluationMetrics added in v1.22.2 

type EvaluationMetrics struct {

	// The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm.
	FindMatchesMetrics *FindMatchesMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// The type of machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformType is a required field
	TransformType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the quality of your machine learning transform.

func (EvaluationMetrics) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s EvaluationMetrics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EvaluationMetrics) SetFindMatchesMetrics added in v1.22.2 

func (s *EvaluationMetrics) SetFindMatchesMetrics(v *FindMatchesMetrics) *EvaluationMetrics

SetFindMatchesMetrics sets the FindMatchesMetrics field's value.

func (*EvaluationMetrics) SetTransformType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *EvaluationMetrics) SetTransformType(v string) *EvaluationMetrics

SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.

func (EvaluationMetrics) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s EvaluationMetrics) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ExecutionProperty 

type ExecutionProperty struct {

	// The maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for the job. The default is
	// 1. An error is returned when this threshold is reached. The maximum value
	// you can specify is controlled by a service limit.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An execution property of a job.

func (ExecutionProperty) GoString 

func (s ExecutionProperty) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ExecutionProperty) SetMaxConcurrentRuns 

func (s *ExecutionProperty) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *ExecutionProperty

SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.

func (ExecutionProperty) String 

func (s ExecutionProperty) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will export
	// the labels.
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies configuration properties for an exporting labels task run.

func (ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties

SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.

func (ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FindMatchesMetrics added in v1.22.2 

type FindMatchesMetrics struct {

	// The area under the precision/recall curve (AUPRC) is a single number measuring
	// the overall quality of the transform, that is independent of the choice made
	// for precision vs. recall. Higher values indicate that you have a more attractive
	// precision vs. recall tradeoff.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	AreaUnderPRCurve *float64 `type:"double"`

	// A list of ColumnImportance structures containing column importance metrics,
	// sorted in order of descending importance.
	ColumnImportances []*ColumnImportance `type:"list"`

	// The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately
	// and what types of errors it is making.
	//
	// For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix)
	// in Wikipedia.
	ConfusionMatrix *ConfusionMatrix `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum F1 metric indicates the transform's accuracy between 0 and 1,
	// where 1 is the best accuracy.
	//
	// For more information, see F1 score (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F1_score)
	// in Wikipedia.
	F1 *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The precision metric indicates when often your transform is correct when
	// it predicts a match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds
	// true positives from the total true positives possible.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	Precision *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your transform
	// predicts the match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds
	// true positives from the total records in the source data.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	Recall *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm. The quality of your machine learning transform is measured by getting your transform to predict some matches and comparing the results to known matches from the same dataset. The quality metrics are based on a subset of your data, so they are not precise.

func (FindMatchesMetrics) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesMetrics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetAreaUnderPRCurve added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetAreaUnderPRCurve(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetAreaUnderPRCurve sets the AreaUnderPRCurve field's value.

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetColumnImportances added in v1.36.14 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetColumnImportances(v []*ColumnImportance) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetColumnImportances sets the ColumnImportances field's value.

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetConfusionMatrix added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetConfusionMatrix(v *ConfusionMatrix) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetConfusionMatrix sets the ConfusionMatrix field's value.

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetF1 added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetF1(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetF1 sets the F1 field's value.

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetPrecision added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetPrecision(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetPrecision sets the Precision field's value.

func (*FindMatchesMetrics) SetRecall added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetRecall(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics

SetRecall sets the Recall field's value.

func (FindMatchesMetrics) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesMetrics) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FindMatchesParameters added in v1.22.2 

type FindMatchesParameters struct {

	// The value that is selected when tuning your transform for a balance between
	// accuracy and cost. A value of 0.5 means that the system balances accuracy
	// and cost concerns. A value of 1.0 means a bias purely for accuracy, which
	// typically results in a higher cost, sometimes substantially higher. A value
	// of 0.0 means a bias purely for cost, which results in a less accurate FindMatches
	// transform, sometimes with unacceptable accuracy.
	//
	// Accuracy measures how well the transform finds true positives and true negatives.
	// Increasing accuracy requires more machine resources and cost. But it also
	// results in increased recall.
	//
	// Cost measures how many compute resources, and thus money, are consumed to
	// run the transform.
	AccuracyCostTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The value to switch on or off to force the output to match the provided labels
	// from users. If the value is True, the find matches transform forces the output
	// to match the provided labels. The results override the normal conflation
	// results. If the value is False, the find matches transform does not ensure
	// all the labels provided are respected, and the results rely on the trained
	// model.
	//
	// Note that setting this value to true may increase the conflation execution
	// time.
	EnforceProvidedLabels *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The value selected when tuning your transform for a balance between precision
	// and recall. A value of 0.5 means no preference; a value of 1.0 means a bias
	// purely for precision, and a value of 0.0 means a bias for recall. Because
	// this is a tradeoff, choosing values close to 1.0 means very low recall, and
	// choosing values close to 0.0 results in very low precision.
	//
	// The precision metric indicates how often your model is correct when it predicts
	// a match.
	//
	// The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your model
	// predicts the match.
	PrecisionRecallTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The name of a column that uniquely identifies rows in the source table. Used
	// to help identify matching records.
	PrimaryKeyColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The parameters to configure the find matches transform.

func (FindMatchesParameters) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesParameters) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FindMatchesParameters) SetAccuracyCostTradeoff added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetAccuracyCostTradeoff(v float64) *FindMatchesParameters

SetAccuracyCostTradeoff sets the AccuracyCostTradeoff field's value.

func (*FindMatchesParameters) SetEnforceProvidedLabels added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetEnforceProvidedLabels(v bool) *FindMatchesParameters

SetEnforceProvidedLabels sets the EnforceProvidedLabels field's value.

func (*FindMatchesParameters) SetPrecisionRecallTradeoff added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetPrecisionRecallTradeoff(v float64) *FindMatchesParameters

SetPrecisionRecallTradeoff sets the PrecisionRecallTradeoff field's value.

func (*FindMatchesParameters) SetPrimaryKeyColumnName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetPrimaryKeyColumnName(v string) *FindMatchesParameters

SetPrimaryKeyColumnName sets the PrimaryKeyColumnName field's value.

func (FindMatchesParameters) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FindMatchesParameters) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesParameters) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties struct {

	// The job ID for the Find Matches task run.
	JobId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name assigned to the job for the Find Matches task run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job run ID for the Find Matches task run.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies configuration properties for a Find Matches task run.

func (FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobId(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties

SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.

func (*FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobName(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobRunId(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties

SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.

func (FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCatalogImportStatusInput 

type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the AWS account
	// ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GoString 

func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCatalogImportStatusInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetCatalogImportStatusInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String 

func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate 

func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput 

type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct {

	// The status of the specified catalog migration.
	ImportStatus *CatalogImportStatus `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) GoString 

func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) SetImportStatus 

func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) SetImportStatus(v *CatalogImportStatus) *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput

SetImportStatus sets the ImportStatus field's value.

func (GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String 

func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetClassifierInput 

type GetClassifierInput struct {

	// Name of the classifier to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClassifierInput) GoString 

func (s GetClassifierInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifierInput) SetName 

func (s *GetClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *GetClassifierInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetClassifierInput) String 

func (s GetClassifierInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifierInput) Validate 

func (s *GetClassifierInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetClassifierOutput 

type GetClassifierOutput struct {

	// The requested classifier.
	Classifier *Classifier `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClassifierOutput) GoString 

func (s GetClassifierOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifierOutput) SetClassifier 

func (s *GetClassifierOutput) SetClassifier(v *Classifier) *GetClassifierOutput

SetClassifier sets the Classifier field's value.

func (GetClassifierOutput) String 

func (s GetClassifierOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetClassifiersInput 

type GetClassifiersInput struct {

	// The size of the list to return (optional).
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// An optional continuation token.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClassifiersInput) GoString 

func (s GetClassifiersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifiersInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetClassifiersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetClassifiersInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetClassifiersInput) String 

func (s GetClassifiersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifiersInput) Validate 

func (s *GetClassifiersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetClassifiersOutput 

type GetClassifiersOutput struct {

	// The requested list of classifier objects.
	Classifiers []*Classifier `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClassifiersOutput) GoString 

func (s GetClassifiersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClassifiersOutput) SetClassifiers 

func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetClassifiers(v []*Classifier) *GetClassifiersOutput

SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.

func (*GetClassifiersOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetClassifiersOutput) String 

func (s GetClassifiersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput added in v1.32.10 

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// ColumnNames is a required field
	ColumnNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnNames added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnNames(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetColumnNames sets the ColumnNames field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput added in v1.32.10 

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list"`

	// Error occurred during retrieving column statistics data.
	Errors []*ColumnError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput

SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnError) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput added in v1.32.10 

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// ColumnNames is a required field
	ColumnNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnNames added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnNames(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetColumnNames sets the ColumnNames field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput added in v1.32.10 

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list"`

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	Errors []*ColumnError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput

SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.

func (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors added in v1.32.10 

func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnError) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetConnectionInput 

type GetConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection,
	// and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might
	// not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it
	// does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the connection definition to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s GetConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetConnectionInput) SetHidePassword added in v1.16.4 

func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetHidePassword(v bool) *GetConnectionInput

SetHidePassword sets the HidePassword field's value.

func (*GetConnectionInput) SetName 

func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *GetConnectionInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetConnectionInput) String 

func (s GetConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *GetConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetConnectionOutput 

type GetConnectionOutput struct {

	// The requested connection definition.
	Connection *Connection `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetConnectionOutput) GoString 

func (s GetConnectionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionOutput) SetConnection 

func (s *GetConnectionOutput) SetConnection(v *Connection) *GetConnectionOutput

SetConnection sets the Connection field's value.

func (GetConnectionOutput) String 

func (s GetConnectionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetConnectionsFilter 

type GetConnectionsFilter struct {

	// The type of connections to return. Currently, SFTP is not supported.
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// A criteria string that must match the criteria recorded in the connection
	// definition for that connection definition to be returned.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Filters the connection definitions that are returned by the GetConnections API operation.

func (GetConnectionsFilter) GoString 

func (s GetConnectionsFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionsFilter) SetConnectionType 

func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetConnectionType(v string) *GetConnectionsFilter

SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsFilter) SetMatchCriteria 

func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *GetConnectionsFilter

SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.

func (GetConnectionsFilter) String 

func (s GetConnectionsFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetConnectionsInput 

type GetConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A filter that controls which connections are returned.
	Filter *GetConnectionsFilter `type:"structure"`

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection,
	// and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might
	// not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it
	// does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum number of connections to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetConnectionsInput) GoString 

func (s GetConnectionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionsInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsInput) SetFilter 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetFilter(v *GetConnectionsFilter) *GetConnectionsInput

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsInput) SetHidePassword added in v1.16.4 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetHidePassword(v bool) *GetConnectionsInput

SetHidePassword sets the HidePassword field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetConnectionsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetConnectionsInput) String 

func (s GetConnectionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetConnectionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetConnectionsOutput 

type GetConnectionsOutput struct {

	// A list of requested connection definitions.
	ConnectionList []*Connection `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include
	// the last of the filtered connections.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetConnectionsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetConnectionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetConnectionsOutput) SetConnectionList 

func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetConnectionList(v []*Connection) *GetConnectionsOutput

SetConnectionList sets the ConnectionList field's value.

func (*GetConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetConnectionsOutput) String 

func (s GetConnectionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCrawlerInput 

type GetCrawlerInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *GetCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *GetCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetCrawlerInput) String 

func (s GetCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *GetCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCrawlerMetricsInput 

type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct {

	// A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics.
	CrawlerNameList []*string `type:"list"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetCrawlerNameList 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetCrawlerNameList(v []*string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput

SetCrawlerNameList sets the CrawlerNameList field's value.

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String 

func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput 

type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct {

	// A list of metrics for the specified crawler.
	CrawlerMetricsList []*CrawlerMetrics `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetCrawlerMetricsList 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetCrawlerMetricsList(v []*CrawlerMetrics) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput

SetCrawlerMetricsList sets the CrawlerMetricsList field's value.

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String 

func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCrawlerOutput 

type GetCrawlerOutput struct {

	// The metadata for the specified crawler.
	Crawler *Crawler `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlerOutput) SetCrawler 

func (s *GetCrawlerOutput) SetCrawler(v *Crawler) *GetCrawlerOutput

SetCrawler sets the Crawler field's value.

func (GetCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s GetCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCrawlersInput 

type GetCrawlersInput struct {

	// The number of crawlers to return on each call.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlersInput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetCrawlersInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetCrawlersInput) String 

func (s GetCrawlersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlersInput) Validate 

func (s *GetCrawlersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCrawlersOutput 

type GetCrawlersOutput struct {

	// A list of crawler metadata.
	Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those
	// defined in this customer account.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCrawlersOutput) GoString 

func (s GetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers 

func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *GetCrawlersOutput

SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value.

func (*GetCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetCrawlersOutput) String 

func (s GetCrawlersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput added in v1.15.43 

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to retrieve the security configuration for. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString added in v1.15.43 

func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.15.43 

func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String added in v1.15.43 

func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate added in v1.15.43 

func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput added in v1.15.43 

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {

	// The requested security configuration.
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString added in v1.15.43 

func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings added in v1.15.43 

func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(v *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput

SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings sets the DataCatalogEncryptionSettings field's value.

func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String added in v1.15.43 

func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDatabaseInput 

type GetDatabaseInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should
	// be all lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabaseInput) GoString 

func (s GetDatabaseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabaseInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetDatabaseInput) SetName 

func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *GetDatabaseInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetDatabaseInput) String 

func (s GetDatabaseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabaseInput) Validate 

func (s *GetDatabaseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDatabaseOutput 

type GetDatabaseOutput struct {

	// The definition of the specified database in the Data Catalog.
	Database *Database `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabaseOutput) GoString 

func (s GetDatabaseOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabaseOutput) SetDatabase 

func (s *GetDatabaseOutput) SetDatabase(v *Database) *GetDatabaseOutput

SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.

func (GetDatabaseOutput) String 

func (s GetDatabaseOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDatabasesInput 

type GetDatabasesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of databases to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Allows you to specify that you want to list the databases shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL.
	//
	//    * If set to FOREIGN, will list the databases shared with your account.
	//
	//    * If set to ALL, will list the databases shared with your account, as
	//    well as the databases in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabasesInput) GoString 

func (s GetDatabasesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabasesInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabasesInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetDatabasesInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDatabasesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetDatabasesInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetDatabasesInput) SetResourceShareType added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetResourceShareType(v string) *GetDatabasesInput

SetResourceShareType sets the ResourceShareType field's value.

func (GetDatabasesInput) String 

func (s GetDatabasesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabasesInput) Validate 

func (s *GetDatabasesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDatabasesOutput 

type GetDatabasesOutput struct {

	// A list of Database objects from the specified catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseList is a required field
	DatabaseList []*Database `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabasesOutput) GoString 

func (s GetDatabasesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDatabasesOutput) SetDatabaseList 

func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetDatabaseList(v []*Database) *GetDatabasesOutput

SetDatabaseList sets the DatabaseList field's value.

func (*GetDatabasesOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetDatabasesOutput) String 

func (s GetDatabasesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDataflowGraphInput 

type GetDataflowGraphInput struct {

	// The Python script to transform.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataflowGraphInput) GoString 

func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDataflowGraphInput) SetPythonScript 

func (s *GetDataflowGraphInput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetDataflowGraphInput

SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.

func (GetDataflowGraphInput) String 

func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDataflowGraphOutput 

type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct {

	// A list of the edges in the resulting DAG.
	DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG.
	DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataflowGraphOutput) GoString 

func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagEdges 

func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *GetDataflowGraphOutput

SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.

func (*GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagNodes 

func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *GetDataflowGraphOutput

SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.

func (GetDataflowGraphOutput) String 

func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDevEndpointInput 

type GetDevEndpointInput struct {

	// Name of the DevEndpoint to retrieve information for.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDevEndpointInput) GoString 

func (s GetDevEndpointInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName 

func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *GetDevEndpointInput

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (GetDevEndpointInput) String 

func (s GetDevEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointInput) Validate 

func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDevEndpointOutput 

type GetDevEndpointOutput struct {

	// A DevEndpoint definition.
	DevEndpoint *DevEndpoint `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDevEndpointOutput) GoString 

func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointOutput) SetDevEndpoint 

func (s *GetDevEndpointOutput) SetDevEndpoint(v *DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointOutput

SetDevEndpoint sets the DevEndpoint field's value.

func (GetDevEndpointOutput) String 

func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDevEndpointsInput 

type GetDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of information to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDevEndpointsInput) GoString 

func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDevEndpointsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetDevEndpointsInput) String 

func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDevEndpointsOutput 

type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints 

func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointsOutput

SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value.

func (*GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetDevEndpointsOutput) String 

func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobBookmarkInput added in v1.21.6 

type GetJobBookmarkInput struct {

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobBookmarkInput) GoString added in v1.21.6 

func (s GetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName added in v1.21.6 

func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobBookmarkInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*GetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId added in v1.21.6 

func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobBookmarkInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (GetJobBookmarkInput) String added in v1.21.6 

func (s GetJobBookmarkInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobBookmarkInput) Validate added in v1.21.6 

func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobBookmarkOutput added in v1.21.6 

type GetJobBookmarkOutput struct {

	// A structure that defines a point that a job can resume processing.
	JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString added in v1.21.6 

func (s GetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry added in v1.21.6 

func (s *GetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *GetJobBookmarkOutput

SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value.

func (GetJobBookmarkOutput) String added in v1.21.6 

func (s GetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobInput 

type GetJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to retrieve.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobInput) GoString 

func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobInput) SetJobName 

func (s *GetJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (GetJobInput) String 

func (s GetJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobOutput 

type GetJobOutput struct {

	// The requested job definition.
	Job *Job `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobOutput) GoString 

func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobOutput) SetJob 

func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput

SetJob sets the Job field's value.

func (GetJobOutput) String 

func (s GetJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobRunInput 

type GetJobRunInput struct {

	// Name of the job definition being run.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned.
	PredecessorsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The ID of the job run.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobRunInput) GoString 

func (s GetJobRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunInput) SetJobName 

func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*GetJobRunInput) SetPredecessorsIncluded 

func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetPredecessorsIncluded(v bool) *GetJobRunInput

SetPredecessorsIncluded sets the PredecessorsIncluded field's value.

func (*GetJobRunInput) SetRunId 

func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobRunInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (GetJobRunInput) String 

func (s GetJobRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobRunOutput 

type GetJobRunOutput struct {

	// The requested job-run metadata.
	JobRun *JobRun `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobRunOutput) GoString 

func (s GetJobRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunOutput) SetJobRun 

func (s *GetJobRunOutput) SetJobRun(v *JobRun) *GetJobRunOutput

SetJobRun sets the JobRun field's value.

func (GetJobRunOutput) String 

func (s GetJobRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobRunsInput 

type GetJobRunsInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobRunsInput) GoString 

func (s GetJobRunsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunsInput) SetJobName 

func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunsInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*GetJobRunsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobRunsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetJobRunsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetJobRunsInput) String 

func (s GetJobRunsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobRunsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobRunsOutput 

type GetJobRunsOutput struct {

	// A list of job-run metadata objects.
	JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all requested job runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobRunsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetJobRunsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobRunsOutput) SetJobRuns 

func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *GetJobRunsOutput

SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value.

func (*GetJobRunsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetJobRunsOutput) String 

func (s GetJobRunsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobsInput 

type GetJobsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobsInput) GoString 

func (s GetJobsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetJobsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetJobsInput) String 

func (s GetJobsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobsOutput 

type GetJobsOutput struct {

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all job definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetJobsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetJobsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetJobsOutput) SetJobs 

func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *GetJobsOutput

SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.

func (*GetJobsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetJobsOutput) String 

func (s GetJobsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMLTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTaskRunInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	//
	// TaskRunId is a required field
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunInput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (GetMLTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMLTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The date and time when this task run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The error strings that are associated with the task run.
	ErrorString *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time when this task run was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The names of the log groups that are associated with the task run.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of properties that are associated with the task run.
	Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when this task run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The status for this task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetCompletedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetErrorString added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetErrorString(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetErrorString sets the ErrorString field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetExecutionTime added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLastModifiedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLogGroupName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLogGroupName(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetProperties(v *TaskRunProperties) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetProperties sets the Properties field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStartedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (GetMLTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMLTaskRunsInput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTaskRunsInput struct {

	// The filter criteria, in the TaskRunFilterCriteria structure, for the task
	// run.
	Filter *TaskRunFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A token for pagination of the results. The default is empty.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The sorting criteria, in the TaskRunSortCriteria structure, for the task
	// run.
	Sort *TaskRunSortCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTaskRunsInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetFilter added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetFilter(v *TaskRunFilterCriteria) *GetMLTaskRunsInput

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetMLTaskRunsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetSort added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetSort(v *TaskRunSortCriteria) *GetMLTaskRunsInput

SetSort sets the Sort field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (GetMLTaskRunsInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMLTaskRunsOutput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTaskRunsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of task runs that are associated with the transform.
	TaskRuns []*TaskRun `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTaskRunsOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetTaskRuns added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetTaskRuns(v []*TaskRun) *GetMLTaskRunsOutput

SetTaskRuns sets the TaskRuns field's value.

func (GetMLTaskRunsOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTaskRunsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMLTransformInput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTransformInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform
	// was created.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTransformInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTransformInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (GetMLTransformInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMLTransformOutput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The date and time when the transform was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A description of the transform.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest evaluation metrics.
	EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`

	// The number of labels available for this transform.
	LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time when the transform was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name given to the transform when it was created.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the algorithm used.
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The Map<Column, Type> object that represents the schema that this transform
	// accepts. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// The last known status of the transform (to indicate whether it can be used
	// or not). One of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING".
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform
	// was created.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTransformOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetCreatedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetDescription added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetEvaluationMetrics added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetEvaluationMetrics sets the EvaluationMetrics field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.25.40 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetInputRecordTables added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetLabelCount added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetLabelCount(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetLabelCount sets the LabelCount field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetLastModifiedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxRetries added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetName(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetRole added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetRole(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetSchema added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetTimeout added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTimeout(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformEncryption added in v1.35.16 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformOutput) SetWorkerType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetWorkerType(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (GetMLTransformOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMLTransformsInput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTransformsInput struct {

	// The filter transformation criteria.
	Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The sorting criteria.
	Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTransformsInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformsInput) SetFilter added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetFilter(v *TransformFilterCriteria) *GetMLTransformsInput

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetMLTransformsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTransformsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformsInput) SetSort added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetSort(v *TransformSortCriteria) *GetMLTransformsInput

SetSort sets the Sort field's value.

func (GetMLTransformsInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformsInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMLTransformsOutput added in v1.22.2 

type GetMLTransformsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of machine learning transforms.
	//
	// Transforms is a required field
	Transforms []*MLTransform `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMLTransformsOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTransformsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetMLTransformsOutput) SetTransforms added in v1.22.2 

func (s *GetMLTransformsOutput) SetTransforms(v []*MLTransform) *GetMLTransformsOutput

SetTransforms sets the Transforms field's value.

func (GetMLTransformsOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s GetMLTransformsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMappingInput 

type GetMappingInput struct {

	// Parameters for the mapping.
	Location *Location `type:"structure"`

	// A list of target tables.
	Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`

	// Specifies the source table.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMappingInput) GoString 

func (s GetMappingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMappingInput) SetLocation 

func (s *GetMappingInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetMappingInput

SetLocation sets the Location field's value.

func (*GetMappingInput) SetSinks 

func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput

SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.

func (*GetMappingInput) SetSource 

func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (GetMappingInput) String 

func (s GetMappingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMappingInput) Validate 

func (s *GetMappingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMappingOutput 

type GetMappingOutput struct {

	// A list of mappings to the specified targets.
	//
	// Mapping is a required field
	Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMappingOutput) GoString 

func (s GetMappingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetMappingOutput) SetMapping 

func (s *GetMappingOutput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetMappingOutput

SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.

func (GetMappingOutput) String 

func (s GetMappingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPartitionIndexesInput added in v1.34.20 

type GetPartitionIndexesInput struct {

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to retrieve partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a table for which you want to retrieve the partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionIndexesInput) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s GetPartitionIndexesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetTableName added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetPartitionIndexesInput) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s GetPartitionIndexesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionIndexesInput) Validate added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPartitionIndexesOutput added in v1.34.20 

type GetPartitionIndexesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of index descriptors.
	PartitionIndexDescriptorList []*PartitionIndexDescriptor `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionIndexesOutput) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s GetPartitionIndexesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetPartitionIndexDescriptorList added in v1.34.20 

func (s *GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetPartitionIndexDescriptorList(v []*PartitionIndexDescriptor) *GetPartitionIndexesOutput

SetPartitionIndexDescriptorList sets the PartitionIndexDescriptorList field's value.

func (GetPartitionIndexesOutput) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s GetPartitionIndexesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPartitionInput 

type GetPartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partition resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition's table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionInput) GoString 

func (s GetPartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues 

func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetPartitionInput

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (*GetPartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetPartitionInput) String 

func (s GetPartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *GetPartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPartitionOutput 

type GetPartitionOutput struct {

	// The requested information, in the form of a Partition object.
	Partition *Partition `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s GetPartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionOutput) SetPartition 

func (s *GetPartitionOutput) SetPartition(v *Partition) *GetPartitionOutput

SetPartition sets the Partition field's value.

func (GetPartitionOutput) String 

func (s GetPartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPartitionsInput 

type GetPartitionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	ExcludeColumnSchema *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.
	//
	// The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The
	// SQL statement parser JSQLParser (http://jsqlparser.sourceforge.net/home.php)
	// parses the expression.
	//
	// Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression
	// API call:
	//
	// =
	//
	// Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the
	// condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.
	//
	// (a = b) is not true.
	//
	// < >
	//
	// Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not
	// equal, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < > b) is true.
	//
	// >
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of
	// the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a > b) is not true.
	//
	// <
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < b) is true.
	//
	// >=
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to
	// the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a >= b) is not true.
	//
	// <=
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a <= b) is true.
	//
	// AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL
	//
	// Logical operators.
	//
	// Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition
	// keys.
	//
	//    * string
	//
	//    * date
	//
	//    * timestamp
	//
	//    * int
	//
	//    * bigint
	//
	//    * long
	//
	//    * tinyint
	//
	//    * smallint
	//
	//    * decimal
	//
	// If an invalid type is encountered, an exception is thrown.
	//
	// The following list shows the valid operators on each type. When you define
	// a crawler, the partitionKey type is created as a STRING, to be compatible
	// with the catalog partitions.
	//
	// Sample API Call:
	Expression *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.
	Segment *Segment `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionsInput) GoString 

func (s GetPartitionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetExcludeColumnSchema added in v1.37.17 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetExcludeColumnSchema(v bool) *GetPartitionsInput

SetExcludeColumnSchema sets the ExcludeColumnSchema field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetExpression 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetPartitionsInput

SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetPartitionsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetSegment 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetSegment(v *Segment) *GetPartitionsInput

SetSegment sets the Segment field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsInput) SetTableName 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetPartitionsInput) String 

func (s GetPartitionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetPartitionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPartitionsOutput 

type GetPartitionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not include
	// the last one.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of requested partitions.
	Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPartitionsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetPartitionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPartitionsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetPartitionsOutput) SetPartitions 

func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *GetPartitionsOutput

SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.

func (GetPartitionsOutput) String 

func (s GetPartitionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPlanInput 

type GetPlanInput struct {

	// A map to hold additional optional key-value parameters.
	//
	// Currently, these key-value pairs are supported:
	//
	//    * inferSchema — Specifies whether to set inferSchema to true or false
	//    for the default script generated by an AWS Glue job. For example, to set
	//    inferSchema to true, pass the following key value pair: --additional-plan-options-map
	//    '{"inferSchema":"true"}'
	AdditionalPlanOptionsMap map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The programming language of the code to perform the mapping.
	Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`

	// The parameters for the mapping.
	Location *Location `type:"structure"`

	// The list of mappings from a source table to target tables.
	//
	// Mapping is a required field
	Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The target tables.
	Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`

	// The source table.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPlanInput) GoString 

func (s GetPlanInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPlanInput) SetAdditionalPlanOptionsMap added in v1.35.1 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetAdditionalPlanOptionsMap(v map[string]*string) *GetPlanInput

SetAdditionalPlanOptionsMap sets the AdditionalPlanOptionsMap field's value.

func (*GetPlanInput) SetLanguage added in v1.12.61 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLanguage(v string) *GetPlanInput

SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.

func (*GetPlanInput) SetLocation 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetPlanInput

SetLocation sets the Location field's value.

func (*GetPlanInput) SetMapping 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetPlanInput

SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.

func (*GetPlanInput) SetSinks 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput

SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.

func (*GetPlanInput) SetSource 

func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (GetPlanInput) String 

func (s GetPlanInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPlanInput) Validate 

func (s *GetPlanInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPlanOutput 

type GetPlanOutput struct {

	// A Python script to perform the mapping.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`

	// The Scala code to perform the mapping.
	ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPlanOutput) GoString 

func (s GetPlanOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPlanOutput) SetPythonScript 

func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetPlanOutput

SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.

func (*GetPlanOutput) SetScalaCode added in v1.12.61 

func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *GetPlanOutput

SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.

func (GetPlanOutput) String 

func (s GetPlanOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetRegistryInput added in v1.35.32 

type GetRegistryInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetRegistryInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetRegistryInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetRegistryInput) SetRegistryId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *GetRegistryInput

SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.

func (GetRegistryInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetRegistryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetRegistryInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetRegistryOutput added in v1.35.32 

type GetRegistryOutput struct {

	// The date and time the registry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`

	// The date and time the registry was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetRegistryOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetRegistryOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*GetRegistryOutput) SetUpdatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *GetRegistryOutput

SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.

func (GetRegistryOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetRegistryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetResourcePoliciesInput added in v1.33.3 

type GetResourcePoliciesInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetResourcePoliciesInput) GoString added in v1.33.3 

func (s GetResourcePoliciesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetResourcePoliciesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetResourcePoliciesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetResourcePoliciesInput) String added in v1.33.3 

func (s GetResourcePoliciesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePoliciesInput) Validate added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetResourcePoliciesOutput added in v1.33.3 

type GetResourcePoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of the individual resource policies and the account-level resource
	// policy.
	GetResourcePoliciesResponseList []*GluePolicy `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last resource
	// policy available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetResourcePoliciesOutput) GoString added in v1.33.3 

func (s GetResourcePoliciesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetGetResourcePoliciesResponseList added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetGetResourcePoliciesResponseList(v []*GluePolicy) *GetResourcePoliciesOutput

SetGetResourcePoliciesResponseList sets the GetResourcePoliciesResponseList field's value.

func (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetResourcePoliciesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetResourcePoliciesOutput) String added in v1.33.3 

func (s GetResourcePoliciesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetResourcePolicyInput added in v1.15.23 

type GetResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource for which to retrieve the resource policy.
	// If not supplied, the Data Catalog resource policy is returned. Use GetResourcePolicies
	// to view all existing resource policies. For more information see Specifying
	// AWS Glue Resource ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/glue-specifying-resource-arns.html).
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetResourcePolicyInput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s GetResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *GetResourcePolicyInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (GetResourcePolicyInput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s GetResourcePolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePolicyInput) Validate added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.15.23 

type GetResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// The date and time at which the policy was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains the hash value associated with this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format.
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was last updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetResourcePolicyOutput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s GetResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetCreateTime added in v1.15.23 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *GetResourcePolicyOutput

SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.

func (*GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash added in v1.15.23 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash(v string) *GetResourcePolicyOutput

SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.

func (*GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyInJson added in v1.15.23 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *GetResourcePolicyOutput

SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.

func (*GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetUpdateTime added in v1.15.23 

func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *GetResourcePolicyOutput

SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.

func (GetResourcePolicyOutput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s GetResourcePolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSchemaByDefinitionInput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaByDefinitionInput struct {

	// The definition of the schema for which schema details are required.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput

SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput struct {

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The schema ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSchemaInput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (GetSchemaInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSchemaOutput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaOutput struct {

	// The compatibility mode of the schema.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// A description of schema if specified when created
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode
	// was changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The date and time the schema was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput

SetLatestSchemaVersion sets the LatestSchemaVersion field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput

SetNextSchemaVersion sets the NextSchemaVersion field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput

SetSchemaCheckpoint sets the SchemaCheckpoint field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.

func (*GetSchemaOutput) SetUpdatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaOutput

SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.

func (GetSchemaOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSchemaVersionInput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaVersionInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version. This field is required for fetching
	// by schema ID. Either this or the SchemaId wrapper has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaVersionInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaVersionInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaVersionInput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionInput

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (GetSchemaVersionInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSchemaVersionOutput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaVersionOutput struct {

	// The date and time the schema version was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The schema definition for the schema ID.
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaVersionOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetDataFormat added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *GetSchemaVersionOutput

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (GetSchemaVersionOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput struct {

	// The first of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// FirstSchemaVersionNumber is a required field
	FirstSchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Refers to SYNTAX_DIFF, which is the currently supported diff type.
	//
	// SchemaDiffType is a required field
	SchemaDiffType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SchemaDiffType"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The second of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// SecondSchemaVersionNumber is a required field
	SecondSchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetFirstSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetFirstSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput

SetFirstSchemaVersionNumber sets the FirstSchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaDiffType added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaDiffType(v string) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput

SetSchemaDiffType sets the SchemaDiffType field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSecondSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSecondSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput

SetSecondSchemaVersionNumber sets the SecondSchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput added in v1.35.32 

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput struct {

	// The difference between schemas as a string in JsonPatch format.
	Diff *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) SetDiff added in v1.35.32 

func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) SetDiff(v string) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput

SetDiff sets the Diff field's value.

func (GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSecurityConfigurationInput added in v1.15.21 

type GetSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the security configuration to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetSecurityConfigurationInput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput added in v1.15.21 

type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The requested security configuration.
	SecurityConfiguration *SecurityConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v *SecurityConfiguration) *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput added in v1.15.21 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput added in v1.15.21 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if there are more security configurations to return.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security configurations.
	SecurityConfigurations []*SecurityConfiguration `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetSecurityConfigurations added in v1.15.21 

func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetSecurityConfigurations(v []*SecurityConfiguration) *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput

SetSecurityConfigurations sets the SecurityConfigurations field's value.

func (GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTableInput 

type GetTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableInput) GoString 

func (s GetTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetTableInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetTableInput) SetName 

func (s *GetTableInput) SetName(v string) *GetTableInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetTableInput) String 

func (s GetTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTableInput) Validate 

func (s *GetTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTableOutput 

type GetTableOutput struct {

	// The Table object that defines the specified table.
	Table *TableData `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableOutput) GoString 

func (s GetTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableOutput) SetTable 

func (s *GetTableOutput) SetTable(v *TableData) *GetTableOutput

SetTable sets the Table field's value.

func (GetTableOutput) String 

func (s GetTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTableVersionInput added in v1.12.66 

type GetTableVersionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID value of the table version to be retrieved. A VersionID is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableVersionInput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s GetTableVersionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionInput) SetTableName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionInput) SetVersionId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetTableVersionInput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s GetTableVersionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionInput) Validate added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTableVersionOutput added in v1.12.66 

type GetTableVersionOutput struct {

	// The requested table version.
	TableVersion *TableVersion `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableVersionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s GetTableVersionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionOutput) SetTableVersion added in v1.12.66 

func (s *GetTableVersionOutput) SetTableVersion(v *TableVersion) *GetTableVersionOutput

SetTableVersion sets the TableVersion field's value.

func (GetTableVersionOutput) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s GetTableVersionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTableVersionsInput 

type GetTableVersionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableVersionsInput) GoString 

func (s GetTableVersionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTableVersionsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) SetTableName 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (GetTableVersionsInput) String 

func (s GetTableVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTableVersionsOutput 

type GetTableVersionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include
	// the last one.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table.
	TableVersions []*TableVersion `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTableVersionsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTableVersionsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetTableVersionsOutput) SetTableVersions 

func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetTableVersions(v []*TableVersion) *GetTableVersionsOutput

SetTableVersions sets the TableVersions field's value.

func (GetTableVersionsOutput) String 

func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTablesInput 

type GetTablesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match
	// the pattern are returned.
	Expression *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTablesInput) GoString 

func (s GetTablesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTablesInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTablesInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetTablesInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetTablesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTablesInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetTablesInput) SetExpression 

func (s *GetTablesInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetTablesInput

SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.

func (*GetTablesInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTablesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetTablesInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetTablesInput) String 

func (s GetTablesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTablesInput) Validate 

func (s *GetTablesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTablesOutput 

type GetTablesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the requested Table objects.
	TableList []*TableData `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTablesOutput) GoString 

func (s GetTablesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTablesOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetTablesOutput) SetTableList 

func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*TableData) *GetTablesOutput

SetTableList sets the TableList field's value.

func (GetTablesOutput) String 

func (s GetTablesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTagsInput added in v1.17.4 

type GetTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to retrieve tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTagsInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s GetTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTagsInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.17.4 

func (s *GetTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *GetTagsInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (GetTagsInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s GetTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTagsInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *GetTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTagsOutput added in v1.17.4 

type GetTagsOutput struct {

	// The requested tags.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTagsOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s GetTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTagsOutput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *GetTagsOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *GetTagsOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (GetTagsOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s GetTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTriggerInput 

type GetTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s GetTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *GetTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *GetTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetTriggerInput) String 

func (s GetTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *GetTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTriggerOutput 

type GetTriggerOutput struct {

	// The requested trigger definition.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s GetTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggerOutput) SetTrigger 

func (s *GetTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *GetTriggerOutput

SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.

func (GetTriggerOutput) String 

func (s GetTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetTriggersInput 

type GetTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the job to retrieve triggers for. The trigger that can start
	// this job is returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.
	DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTriggersInput) GoString 

func (s GetTriggersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName 

func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *GetTriggersInput

SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value.

func (*GetTriggersInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTriggersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetTriggersInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetTriggersInput) String 

func (s GetTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggersInput) Validate 

func (s *GetTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetTriggersOutput 

type GetTriggersOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of triggers for the specified job.
	Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTriggersOutput) GoString 

func (s GetTriggersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetTriggersOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers 

func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *GetTriggersOutput

SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.

func (GetTriggersOutput) String 

func (s GetTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located.
	// If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {

	// The requested function definition.
	UserDefinedFunction *UserDefinedFunction `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) SetUserDefinedFunction 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) SetUserDefinedFunction(v *UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput

SetUserDefinedFunction sets the UserDefinedFunction field's value.

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located.
	// If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. If none
	// is provided, functions from all the databases across the catalog will be
	// returned.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of functions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions
	// returned.
	//
	// Pattern is a required field
	Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GoString 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetPattern 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetPattern(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput

SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include
	// the last requested function.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of requested function definitions.
	UserDefinedFunctions []*UserDefinedFunction `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) GoString 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetUserDefinedFunctions 

func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetUserDefinedFunctions(v []*UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput

SetUserDefinedFunctions sets the UserDefinedFunctions field's value.

func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String 

func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetWorkflowInput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowInput struct {

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the workflow to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowInput) SetIncludeGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowInput

SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (GetWorkflowInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetWorkflowOutput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The resource metadata for the workflow.
	Workflow *Workflow `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowOutput) SetWorkflow added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowOutput) SetWorkflow(v *Workflow) *GetWorkflowOutput

SetWorkflow sets the Workflow field's value.

func (GetWorkflowOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetWorkflowRunInput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Name of the workflow being run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunInput) SetIncludeGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowRunInput

SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetWorkflowRunInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetWorkflowRunOutput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// The requested workflow run metadata.
	Run *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunOutput) SetRun added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunOutput) SetRun(v *WorkflowRun) *GetWorkflowRunOutput

SetRun sets the Run field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run whose run properties should be returned.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {

	// The workflow run properties which were set during the specified run.
	RunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) SetRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) SetRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput

SetRunProperties sets the RunProperties field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetWorkflowRunsInput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunsInput struct {

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Name of the workflow whose metadata of runs should be returned.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunsInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetIncludeGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowRunsInput

SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetWorkflowRunsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunsInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetWorkflowRunsOutput added in v1.20.5 

type GetWorkflowRunsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all requested workflow runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of workflow run metadata objects.
	Runs []*WorkflowRun `min:"1" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetWorkflowRunsOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetRuns added in v1.20.5 

func (s *GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetRuns(v []*WorkflowRun) *GetWorkflowRunsOutput

SetRuns sets the Runs field's value.

func (GetWorkflowRunsOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s GetWorkflowRunsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Glue 

type Glue struct {
	*client.Client
}

Glue provides the API operation methods for making requests to AWS Glue. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

Glue methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Glue

New creates a new instance of the Glue client with a session. If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.

Example: 

mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession())

// Create a Glue client from just a session.
svc := glue.New(mySession)

// Create a Glue client with additional configuration
svc := glue.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))

func (*Glue) BatchCreatePartition 

func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartition(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error)

BatchCreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchCreatePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition

func (*Glue) BatchCreatePartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchCreatePartitionOutput)

BatchCreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchCreatePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchCreatePartition for more information on using the BatchCreatePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchCreatePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition

func (*Glue) BatchCreatePartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchCreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error)

BatchCreatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchCreatePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchCreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteConnection 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnection(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error)

BatchDeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchDeleteConnection for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput)

BatchDeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchDeleteConnection operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchDeleteConnection for more information on using the BatchDeleteConnection API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteConnectionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error)

BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteConnection with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchDeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchDeletePartition 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartition(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error)

BatchDeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchDeletePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition

func (*Glue) BatchDeletePartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeletePartitionOutput)

BatchDeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchDeletePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchDeletePartition for more information on using the BatchDeletePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchDeletePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition

func (*Glue) BatchDeletePartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error)

BatchDeletePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchDeletePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchDeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTable 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTable(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error)

BatchDeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes multiple tables at once.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling BatchDeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong to the table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchDeleteTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTableRequest 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableOutput)

BatchDeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchDeleteTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchDeleteTable for more information on using the BatchDeleteTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersion added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersion(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

BatchDeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchDeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput)

BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchDeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchDeleteTableVersion for more information on using the BatchDeleteTableVersion API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTableVersion with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchDeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchDeleteTableWithContext 

func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error)

BatchDeleteTableWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchDeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetCrawlers added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlers(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput, error)

BatchGetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names. After calling the ListCrawlers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetCrawlers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetCrawlers

func (*Glue) BatchGetCrawlersRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetCrawlersOutput)

BatchGetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetCrawlers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetCrawlers for more information on using the BatchGetCrawlers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetCrawlersRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetCrawlersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetCrawlers

func (*Glue) BatchGetCrawlersWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput, error)

BatchGetCrawlersWithContext is the same as BatchGetCrawlers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetDevEndpoints added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpoints(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

BatchGetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names. After calling the ListDevEndpoints operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetDevEndpoints for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput)

BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetDevEndpoints for more information on using the BatchGetDevEndpoints API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

BatchGetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as BatchGetDevEndpoints with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetJobs added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobs(input *BatchGetJobsInput) (*BatchGetJobsOutput, error)

BatchGetJobs API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names. After calling the ListJobs operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetJobs for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetJobs

func (*Glue) BatchGetJobsRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobsRequest(input *BatchGetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetJobsOutput)

BatchGetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetJobs operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetJobs for more information on using the BatchGetJobs API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetJobsRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetJobsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetJobs

func (*Glue) BatchGetJobsWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetJobsOutput, error)

BatchGetJobsWithContext is the same as BatchGetJobs with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetJobs for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetPartition 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartition(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error)

BatchGetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves partitions in a batch request.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetPartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition

func (*Glue) BatchGetPartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetPartitionOutput)

BatchGetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetPartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetPartition for more information on using the BatchGetPartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetPartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetPartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition

func (*Glue) BatchGetPartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error)

BatchGetPartitionWithContext is the same as BatchGetPartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetTriggers added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggers(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) (*BatchGetTriggersOutput, error)

BatchGetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names. After calling the ListTriggers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetTriggers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetTriggers

func (*Glue) BatchGetTriggersRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggersRequest(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetTriggersOutput)

BatchGetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetTriggers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetTriggers for more information on using the BatchGetTriggers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetTriggersRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetTriggersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetTriggers

func (*Glue) BatchGetTriggersWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetTriggersOutput, error)

BatchGetTriggersWithContext is the same as BatchGetTriggers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchGetWorkflows added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflows(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput, error)

BatchGetWorkflows API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names. After calling the ListWorkflows operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchGetWorkflows for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetWorkflows

func (*Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput)

BatchGetWorkflowsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchGetWorkflows operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchGetWorkflows for more information on using the BatchGetWorkflows API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchGetWorkflowsRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetWorkflows

func (*Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput, error)

BatchGetWorkflowsWithContext is the same as BatchGetWorkflows with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchGetWorkflows for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchStopJobRun added in v1.12.17 

func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRun(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error)

BatchStopJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchStopJobRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun

func (*Glue) BatchStopJobRunRequest added in v1.12.17 

func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopJobRunOutput)

BatchStopJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchStopJobRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchStopJobRun for more information on using the BatchStopJobRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchStopJobRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchStopJobRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun

func (*Glue) BatchStopJobRunWithContext added in v1.12.17 

func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error)

BatchStopJobRunWithContext is the same as BatchStopJobRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchStopJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) BatchUpdatePartition added in v1.34.28 

func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartition(input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput, error)

BatchUpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation BatchUpdatePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchUpdatePartition

func (*Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionRequest added in v1.34.28 

func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput)

BatchUpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchUpdatePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchUpdatePartition for more information on using the BatchUpdatePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchUpdatePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchUpdatePartition

func (*Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionWithContext added in v1.34.28 

func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput, error)

BatchUpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchUpdatePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchUpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CancelMLTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRun(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput, error)

CancelMLTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Cancels (stops) a task run. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can cancel a machine learning task run at any time by calling CancelMLTaskRun with a task run's parent transform's TransformID and the task run's TaskRunId.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CancelMLTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CancelMLTaskRun

func (*Glue) CancelMLTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelMLTaskRunOutput)

CancelMLTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CancelMLTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CancelMLTaskRun for more information on using the CancelMLTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CancelMLTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.CancelMLTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CancelMLTaskRun

func (*Glue) CancelMLTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelMLTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput, error)

CancelMLTaskRunWithContext is the same as CancelMLTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CancelMLTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidity added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidity(input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput, error)

CheckSchemaVersionValidity API operation for AWS Glue.

Validates the supplied schema. This call has no side effects, it simply validates using the supplied schema using DataFormat as the format. Since it does not take a schema set name, no compatibility checks are performed.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CheckSchemaVersionValidity for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CheckSchemaVersionValidity

func (*Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) (req *request.Request, output *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput)

CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CheckSchemaVersionValidity operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CheckSchemaVersionValidity for more information on using the CheckSchemaVersionValidity API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest method.
req, resp := client.CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CheckSchemaVersionValidity

func (*Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput, error)

CheckSchemaVersionValidityWithContext is the same as CheckSchemaVersionValidity with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CheckSchemaVersionValidity for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateClassifier 

func (c *Glue) CreateClassifier(input *CreateClassifierInput) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error)

CreateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a classifier in the user's account. This can be a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field of the request is present.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateClassifier for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier

func (*Glue) CreateClassifierRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClassifierOutput)

CreateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateClassifier operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateClassifier for more information on using the CreateClassifier API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClassifierRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClassifierRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier

func (*Glue) CreateClassifierWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error)

CreateClassifierWithContext is the same as CreateClassifier with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateConnection 

func (c *Glue) CreateConnection(input *CreateConnectionInput) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error)

CreateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateConnection for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection

func (*Glue) CreateConnectionRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConnectionOutput)

CreateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateConnection operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateConnection for more information on using the CreateConnection API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateConnectionRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateConnectionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection

func (*Glue) CreateConnectionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error)

CreateConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateConnection with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateCrawler 

func (c *Glue) CreateCrawler(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error)

CreateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field, the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler

func (*Glue) CreateCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCrawlerOutput)

CreateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateCrawler for more information on using the CreateCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler

func (*Glue) CreateCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error)

CreateCrawlerWithContext is the same as CreateCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateDatabase 

func (c *Glue) CreateDatabase(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error)

CreateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateDatabase for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase

func (*Glue) CreateDatabaseRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDatabaseOutput)

CreateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDatabase operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateDatabase for more information on using the CreateDatabase API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateDatabaseRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDatabaseRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase

func (*Glue) CreateDatabaseWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error)

CreateDatabaseWithContext is the same as CreateDatabase with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateDevEndpoint 

func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpoint(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error)

CreateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new development endpoint.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • IdempotentParameterMismatchException The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • ValidationException A value could not be validated.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) CreateDevEndpointRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDevEndpointOutput)

CreateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateDevEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDevEndpoint API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateDevEndpointRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDevEndpointRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) CreateDevEndpointWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error)

CreateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDevEndpoint with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateJob 

func (c *Glue) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error)

CreateJob API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateJob for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • IdempotentParameterMismatchException The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob

func (*Glue) CreateJobRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput)

CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob

func (*Glue) CreateJobWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error)

CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateMLTransform added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransform(input *CreateMLTransformInput) (*CreateMLTransformOutput, error)

CreateMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates an AWS Glue machine learning transform. This operation creates the transform and all the necessary parameters to train it.

Call this operation as the first step in the process of using a machine learning transform (such as the FindMatches transform) for deduplicating data. You can provide an optional Description, in addition to the parameters that you want to use for your algorithm.

You must also specify certain parameters for the tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of learning from your data and creating a high-quality machine learning transform. These parameters include Role, and optionally, AllocatedCapacity, Timeout, and MaxRetries. For more information, see Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-jobs-job.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateMLTransform for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • IdempotentParameterMismatchException The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateMLTransform

func (*Glue) CreateMLTransformRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransformRequest(input *CreateMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMLTransformOutput)

CreateMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateMLTransform operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateMLTransform for more information on using the CreateMLTransform API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateMLTransformRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateMLTransformRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateMLTransform

func (*Glue) CreateMLTransformWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMLTransformOutput, error)

CreateMLTransformWithContext is the same as CreateMLTransform with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreatePartition 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartition(input *CreatePartitionInput) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error)

CreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new partition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreatePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition

func (*Glue) CreatePartitionIndex added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndex(input *CreatePartitionIndexInput) (*CreatePartitionIndexOutput, error)

CreatePartitionIndex API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a specified partition index in an existing table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreatePartitionIndex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionIndex

func (*Glue) CreatePartitionIndexRequest added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndexRequest(input *CreatePartitionIndexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionIndexOutput)

CreatePartitionIndexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreatePartitionIndex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreatePartitionIndex for more information on using the CreatePartitionIndex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionIndexRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreatePartitionIndexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionIndex

func (*Glue) CreatePartitionIndexWithContext added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionIndexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionIndexOutput, error)

CreatePartitionIndexWithContext is the same as CreatePartitionIndex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreatePartitionIndex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreatePartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionOutput)

CreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreatePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreatePartition for more information on using the CreatePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreatePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition

func (*Glue) CreatePartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error)

CreatePartitionWithContext is the same as CreatePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateRegistry added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateRegistry(input *CreateRegistryInput) (*CreateRegistryOutput, error)

CreateRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateRegistry for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateRegistry

func (*Glue) CreateRegistryRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateRegistryRequest(input *CreateRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRegistryOutput)

CreateRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateRegistry operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateRegistry for more information on using the CreateRegistry API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateRegistryRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateRegistryRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateRegistry

func (*Glue) CreateRegistryWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRegistryOutput, error)

CreateRegistryWithContext is the same as CreateRegistry with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateSchema added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateSchema(input *CreateSchemaInput) (*CreateSchemaOutput, error)

CreateSchema API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition. Returns an error if the schema set already exists without actually registering the version.

When the schema set is created, a version checkpoint will be set to the first version. Compatibility mode "DISABLED" restricts any additional schema versions from being added after the first schema version. For all other compatibility modes, validation of compatibility settings will be applied only from the second version onwards when the RegisterSchemaVersion API is used.

When this API is called without a RegistryId, this will create an entry for a "default-registry" in the registry database tables, if it is not already present.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateSchema for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSchema

func (*Glue) CreateSchemaRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateSchemaRequest(input *CreateSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSchemaOutput)

CreateSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateSchema operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateSchema for more information on using the CreateSchema API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateSchemaRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateSchemaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSchema

func (*Glue) CreateSchemaWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) CreateSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSchemaOutput, error)

CreateSchemaWithContext is the same as CreateSchema with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateSchema for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateScript 

func (c *Glue) CreateScript(input *CreateScriptInput) (*CreateScriptOutput, error)

CreateScript API operation for AWS Glue.

Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateScript for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript

func (*Glue) CreateScriptRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateScriptOutput)

CreateScriptRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateScript operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateScript for more information on using the CreateScript API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateScriptRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateScriptRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript

func (*Glue) CreateScriptWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateScriptWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateScriptInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateScriptOutput, error)

CreateScriptWithContext is the same as CreateScript with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateScript for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfiguration(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

CreateSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new security configuration. A security configuration is a set of security properties that can be used by AWS Glue. You can use a security configuration to encrypt data at rest. For information about using security configurations in AWS Glue, see Encrypting Data Written by Crawlers, Jobs, and Development Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/encryption-security-configuration.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput)

CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the CreateSecurityConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationWithContext added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

CreateSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateSecurityConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateTable 

func (c *Glue) CreateTable(input *CreateTableInput) (*CreateTableOutput, error)

CreateTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable

func (*Glue) CreateTableRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTableOutput)

CreateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateTable for more information on using the CreateTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable

func (*Glue) CreateTableWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTableOutput, error)

CreateTableWithContext is the same as CreateTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateTrigger 

func (c *Glue) CreateTrigger(input *CreateTriggerInput) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error)

CreateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new trigger.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • IdempotentParameterMismatchException The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger

func (*Glue) CreateTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTriggerOutput)

CreateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateTrigger for more information on using the CreateTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger

func (*Glue) CreateTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error)

CreateTriggerWithContext is the same as CreateTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunction(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest 

func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput)

CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the CreateUserDefinedFunction API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as CreateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) CreateWorkflow added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflow(input *CreateWorkflowInput) (*CreateWorkflowOutput, error)

CreateWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates a new workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation CreateWorkflow for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateWorkflow

func (*Glue) CreateWorkflowRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflowRequest(input *CreateWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateWorkflowOutput)

CreateWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateWorkflow operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateWorkflow for more information on using the CreateWorkflow API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateWorkflowRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateWorkflowRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateWorkflow

func (*Glue) CreateWorkflowWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateWorkflowOutput, error)

CreateWorkflowWithContext is the same as CreateWorkflow with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteClassifier 

func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifier(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error)

DeleteClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteClassifier for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier

func (*Glue) DeleteClassifierRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClassifierOutput)

DeleteClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteClassifier operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteClassifier for more information on using the DeleteClassifier API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClassifierRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClassifierRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier

func (*Glue) DeleteClassifierWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error)

DeleteClassifierWithContext is the same as DeleteClassifier with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Delete the partition column statistics of a column.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is DeletePartition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is DeleteTable.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteConnection 

func (c *Glue) DeleteConnection(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error)

DeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteConnection for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection

func (*Glue) DeleteConnectionRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConnectionOutput)

DeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteConnection operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteConnection for more information on using the DeleteConnection API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteConnectionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteConnectionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection

func (*Glue) DeleteConnectionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error)

DeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteConnection with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteCrawler 

func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawler(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error)

DeleteCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes a specified crawler from the AWS Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • CrawlerRunningException The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.

  • SchedulerTransitioningException The specified scheduler is transitioning.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler

func (*Glue) DeleteCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCrawlerOutput)

DeleteCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteCrawler for more information on using the DeleteCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler

func (*Glue) DeleteCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error)

DeleteCrawlerWithContext is the same as DeleteCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteDatabase 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabase(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error)

DeleteDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the tables (and all table versions and partitions that might belong to the tables) and the user-defined functions in the deleted database. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteDatabase, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, DeleteUserDefinedFunction, and DeleteTable or BatchDeleteTable, to delete any resources that belong to the database.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteDatabase for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase

func (*Glue) DeleteDatabaseRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDatabaseOutput)

DeleteDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDatabase operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteDatabase for more information on using the DeleteDatabase API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDatabaseRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDatabaseRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase

func (*Glue) DeleteDatabaseWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error)

DeleteDatabaseWithContext is the same as DeleteDatabase with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteDevEndpoint 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpoint(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error)

DeleteDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified development endpoint.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteDevEndpoint for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) DeleteDevEndpointRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDevEndpointOutput)

DeleteDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteDevEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDevEndpoint API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDevEndpointRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) DeleteDevEndpointWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error)

DeleteDevEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDevEndpoint with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteJob 

func (c *Glue) DeleteJob(input *DeleteJobInput) (*DeleteJobOutput, error)

DeleteJob API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no exception is thrown.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteJob for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob

func (*Glue) DeleteJobRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobOutput)

DeleteJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteJob operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteJob for more information on using the DeleteJob API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteJobRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteJobRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob

func (*Glue) DeleteJobWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobOutput, error)

DeleteJobWithContext is the same as DeleteJob with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteJob for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteMLTransform added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransform(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) (*DeleteMLTransformOutput, error)

DeleteMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes an AWS Glue machine learning transform. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue. If you no longer need a transform, you can delete it by calling DeleteMLTransforms. However, any AWS Glue jobs that still reference the deleted transform will no longer succeed.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteMLTransform for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteMLTransform

func (*Glue) DeleteMLTransformRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransformRequest(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMLTransformOutput)

DeleteMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteMLTransform operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteMLTransform for more information on using the DeleteMLTransform API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteMLTransformRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteMLTransformRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteMLTransform

func (*Glue) DeleteMLTransformWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMLTransformOutput, error)

DeleteMLTransformWithContext is the same as DeleteMLTransform with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeletePartition 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartition(input *DeletePartitionInput) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error)

DeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified partition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeletePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition

func (*Glue) DeletePartitionIndex added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndex(input *DeletePartitionIndexInput) (*DeletePartitionIndexOutput, error)

DeletePartitionIndex API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeletePartitionIndex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ConflictException The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionIndex

func (*Glue) DeletePartitionIndexRequest added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndexRequest(input *DeletePartitionIndexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionIndexOutput)

DeletePartitionIndexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeletePartitionIndex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeletePartitionIndex for more information on using the DeletePartitionIndex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionIndexRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeletePartitionIndexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionIndex

func (*Glue) DeletePartitionIndexWithContext added in v1.35.34 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionIndexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionIndexOutput, error)

DeletePartitionIndexWithContext is the same as DeletePartitionIndex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeletePartitionIndex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeletePartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionOutput)

DeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeletePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeletePartition for more information on using the DeletePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeletePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition

func (*Glue) DeletePartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error)

DeletePartitionWithContext is the same as DeletePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteRegistry added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistry(input *DeleteRegistryInput) (*DeleteRegistryOutput, error)

DeleteRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.

Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call the GetRegistry API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will disable all online operations for the registry such as the UpdateRegistry, CreateSchema, UpdateSchema, and RegisterSchemaVersion APIs.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteRegistry for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteRegistry

func (*Glue) DeleteRegistryRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistryRequest(input *DeleteRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRegistryOutput)

DeleteRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteRegistry operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteRegistry for more information on using the DeleteRegistry API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteRegistryRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteRegistryRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteRegistry

func (*Glue) DeleteRegistryWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRegistryOutput, error)

DeleteRegistryWithContext is the same as DeleteRegistry with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteResourcePolicy added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicy(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error)

DeleteResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified policy.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteResourcePolicy for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • ConditionCheckFailureException A specified condition was not satisfied.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteResourcePolicyOutput)

DeleteResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteResourcePolicy for more information on using the DeleteResourcePolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteResourcePolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyWithContext added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error)

DeleteResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteResourcePolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteSchema added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchema(input *DeleteSchemaInput) (*DeleteSchemaOutput, error)

DeleteSchema API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call GetSchema API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will disable all online operations for the schema, such as the GetSchemaByDefinition, and RegisterSchemaVersion APIs.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteSchema for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchema

func (*Glue) DeleteSchemaRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaRequest(input *DeleteSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSchemaOutput)

DeleteSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteSchema operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteSchema for more information on using the DeleteSchema API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteSchemaRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteSchemaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchema

func (*Glue) DeleteSchemaVersions added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersions(input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

DeleteSchemaVersions API operation for AWS Glue.

Remove versions from the specified schema. A version number or range may be supplied. If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned. Calling the GetSchemaVersions API after this call will list the status of the deleted versions.

When the range of version numbers contain check pointed version, the API will return a 409 conflict and will not proceed with the deletion. You have to remove the checkpoint first using the DeleteSchemaCheckpoint API before using this API.

You cannot use the DeleteSchemaVersions API to delete the first schema version in the schema set. The first schema version can only be deleted by the DeleteSchema API. This operation will also delete the attached SchemaVersionMetadata under the schema versions. Hard deletes will be enforced on the database.

If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteSchemaVersions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchemaVersions

func (*Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput)

DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteSchemaVersions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteSchemaVersions for more information on using the DeleteSchemaVersions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchemaVersions

func (*Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

DeleteSchemaVersionsWithContext is the same as DeleteSchemaVersions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteSchemaVersions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteSchemaWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSchemaOutput, error)

DeleteSchemaWithContext is the same as DeleteSchema with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteSchema for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfiguration(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified security configuration.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput)

DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteSecurityConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationWithContext added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteSecurityConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteTable 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTable(input *DeleteTableInput) (*DeleteTableOutput, error)

DeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong to the table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable

func (*Glue) DeleteTableRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableOutput)

DeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteTable for more information on using the DeleteTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable

func (*Glue) DeleteTableVersion added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersion(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

DeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified version of a table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion

func (*Glue) DeleteTableVersionRequest added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionRequest(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableVersionOutput)

DeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteTableVersion for more information on using the DeleteTableVersion API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteTableVersionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteTableVersionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion

func (*Glue) DeleteTableVersionWithContext added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

DeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as DeleteTableVersion with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteTableWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableOutput, error)

DeleteTableWithContext is the same as DeleteTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteTrigger 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTrigger(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error)

DeleteTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is thrown.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger

func (*Glue) DeleteTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTriggerOutput)

DeleteTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteTrigger for more information on using the DeleteTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger

func (*Glue) DeleteTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error)

DeleteTriggerWithContext is the same as DeleteTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunction(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest 

func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput)

DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the DeleteUserDefinedFunction API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as DeleteUserDefinedFunction with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) DeleteWorkflow added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflow(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) (*DeleteWorkflowOutput, error)

DeleteWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.

Deletes a workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation DeleteWorkflow for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteWorkflow

func (*Glue) DeleteWorkflowRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflowRequest(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteWorkflowOutput)

DeleteWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteWorkflow operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteWorkflow for more information on using the DeleteWorkflow API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteWorkflowRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteWorkflowRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteWorkflow

func (*Glue) DeleteWorkflowWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteWorkflowOutput, error)

DeleteWorkflowWithContext is the same as DeleteWorkflow with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCatalogImportStatus 

func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatus(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error)

GetCatalogImportStatus API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the status of a migration operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetCatalogImportStatus for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus

func (*Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput)

GetCatalogImportStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetCatalogImportStatus operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetCatalogImportStatus for more information on using the GetCatalogImportStatus API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetCatalogImportStatusRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus

func (*Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error)

GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext is the same as GetCatalogImportStatus with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetCatalogImportStatus for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetClassifier 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifier(input *GetClassifierInput) (*GetClassifierOutput, error)

GetClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieve a classifier by name.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetClassifier for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier

func (*Glue) GetClassifierRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifierOutput)

GetClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetClassifier operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetClassifier for more information on using the GetClassifier API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetClassifierRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetClassifierRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier

func (*Glue) GetClassifierWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifierOutput, error)

GetClassifierWithContext is the same as GetClassifier with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetClassifiers 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifiers(input *GetClassifiersInput) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error)

GetClassifiers API operation for AWS Glue.

Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetClassifiers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers

func (*Glue) GetClassifiersPages 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPages(input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool) error

GetClassifiersPages iterates over the pages of a GetClassifiers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetClassifiers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetClassifiers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetClassifiersPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetClassifiersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetClassifiersPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetClassifiersPagesWithContext same as GetClassifiersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetClassifiersRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifiersOutput)

GetClassifiersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetClassifiers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetClassifiers for more information on using the GetClassifiers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetClassifiersRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetClassifiersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers

func (*Glue) GetClassifiersWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error)

GetClassifiersWithContext is the same as GetClassifiers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetClassifiers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartition added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

GetColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves partition statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is GetPartition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput)

GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the GetColumnStatisticsForPartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as GetColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTable added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTable(input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

GetColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is GetTable.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput)

GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the GetColumnStatisticsForTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

GetColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as GetColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetConnection 

func (c *Glue) GetConnection(input *GetConnectionInput) (*GetConnectionOutput, error)

GetConnection API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetConnection for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection

func (*Glue) GetConnectionRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionOutput)

GetConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetConnection operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetConnection for more information on using the GetConnection API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetConnectionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetConnectionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection

func (*Glue) GetConnectionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionOutput, error)

GetConnectionWithContext is the same as GetConnection with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetConnection for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetConnections 

func (c *Glue) GetConnections(input *GetConnectionsInput) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error)

GetConnections API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetConnections for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections

func (*Glue) GetConnectionsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPages(input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetConnectionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetConnections operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetConnections method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetConnections operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetConnectionsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetConnectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetConnectionsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetConnectionsPagesWithContext same as GetConnectionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetConnectionsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionsOutput)

GetConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetConnections operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetConnections for more information on using the GetConnections API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetConnectionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetConnectionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections

func (*Glue) GetConnectionsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error)

GetConnectionsWithContext is the same as GetConnections with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetConnections for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCrawler 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawler(input *GetCrawlerInput) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error)

GetCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerMetrics 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetrics(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error)

GetCrawlerMetrics API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetCrawlerMetrics for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPages(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetCrawlerMetricsPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetCrawlerMetrics method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetCrawlerMetricsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlerMetricsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput)

GetCrawlerMetricsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetCrawlerMetrics operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetCrawlerMetrics for more information on using the GetCrawlerMetrics API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerMetricsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error)

GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext is the same as GetCrawlerMetrics with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetCrawlerMetrics for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerOutput)

GetCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetCrawler for more information on using the GetCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler

func (*Glue) GetCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error)

GetCrawlerWithContext is the same as GetCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCrawlers 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlers(input *GetCrawlersInput) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error)

GetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetCrawlers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers

func (*Glue) GetCrawlersPages 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPages(input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error

GetCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetCrawlersPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetCrawlersPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetCrawlersPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetCrawlersRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlersOutput)

GetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetCrawlers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetCrawlers for more information on using the GetCrawlers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetCrawlersRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetCrawlersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers

func (*Glue) GetCrawlersWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error)

GetCrawlersWithContext is the same as GetCrawlers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings added in v1.15.43 

func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings

func (*Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest added in v1.15.43 

func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput)

GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for more information on using the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings

func (*Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext added in v1.15.43 

func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext is the same as GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDatabase 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabase(input *GetDatabaseInput) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error)

GetDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the definition of a specified database.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDatabase for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase

func (*Glue) GetDatabaseRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabaseOutput)

GetDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDatabase operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDatabase for more information on using the GetDatabase API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDatabaseRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDatabaseRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase

func (*Glue) GetDatabaseWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error)

GetDatabaseWithContext is the same as GetDatabase with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDatabases 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabases(input *GetDatabasesInput) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error)

GetDatabases API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDatabases for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases

func (*Glue) GetDatabasesPages 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPages(input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error

GetDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDatabases operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDatabases operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetDatabasesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetDatabasesPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetDatabasesPagesWithContext same as GetDatabasesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDatabasesRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabasesOutput)

GetDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDatabases operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDatabases for more information on using the GetDatabases API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDatabasesRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDatabasesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases

func (*Glue) GetDatabasesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error)

GetDatabasesWithContext is the same as GetDatabases with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDatabases for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDataflowGraph 

func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraph(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error)

GetDataflowGraph API operation for AWS Glue.

Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDataflowGraph for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph

func (*Glue) GetDataflowGraphRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataflowGraphOutput)

GetDataflowGraphRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDataflowGraph operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDataflowGraph for more information on using the GetDataflowGraph API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDataflowGraphRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDataflowGraphRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph

func (*Glue) GetDataflowGraphWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataflowGraphInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error)

GetDataflowGraphWithContext is the same as GetDataflowGraph with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDataflowGraph for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpoint 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoint(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error)

GetDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint.

When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), AWS Glue returns only a private IP address, and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue returns only a public IP address.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDevEndpoint for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointOutput)

GetDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDevEndpoint for more information on using the GetDevEndpoint API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error)

GetDevEndpointWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoint with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpoints 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoints(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

GetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves all the development endpoints in this AWS account.

When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), AWS Glue returns only a private IP address and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue returns only a public IP address.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetDevEndpoints for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPages(input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetDevEndpointsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as GetDevEndpointsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointsOutput)

GetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetDevEndpoints for more information on using the GetDevEndpoints API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) GetDevEndpointsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

GetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoints with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJob 

func (c *Glue) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error)

GetJob API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves an existing job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetJob for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob

func (*Glue) GetJobBookmark added in v1.21.6 

func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmark(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) (*GetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

GetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns information on a job bookmark entry.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetJobBookmark for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ValidationException A value could not be validated.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobBookmark

func (*Glue) GetJobBookmarkRequest added in v1.21.6 

func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmarkRequest(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobBookmarkOutput)

GetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetJobBookmark for more information on using the GetJobBookmark API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetJobBookmarkRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetJobBookmarkRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobBookmark

func (*Glue) GetJobBookmarkWithContext added in v1.21.6 

func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

GetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as GetJobBookmark with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput)

GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob

func (*Glue) GetJobRun 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRun(input *GetJobRunInput) (*GetJobRunOutput, error)

GetJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the metadata for a given job run.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetJobRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun

func (*Glue) GetJobRunRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunOutput)

GetJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetJobRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetJobRun for more information on using the GetJobRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetJobRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetJobRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun

func (*Glue) GetJobRunWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunOutput, error)

GetJobRunWithContext is the same as GetJobRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobRuns 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRuns(input *GetJobRunsInput) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error)

GetJobRuns API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetJobRuns for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns

func (*Glue) GetJobRunsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPages(input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetJobRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobRuns operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetJobRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobRuns operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetJobRunsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetJobRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetJobRunsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetJobRunsPagesWithContext same as GetJobRunsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobRunsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunsOutput)

GetJobRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetJobRuns operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetJobRuns for more information on using the GetJobRuns API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetJobRunsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetJobRunsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns

func (*Glue) GetJobRunsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error)

GetJobRunsWithContext is the same as GetJobRuns with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetJobRuns for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error)

GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobs 

func (c *Glue) GetJobs(input *GetJobsInput) (*GetJobsOutput, error)

GetJobs API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves all current job definitions.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetJobs for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs

func (*Glue) GetJobsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetJobsPages(input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetJobsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobs operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobs operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetJobsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetJobsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetJobsPagesWithContext same as GetJobsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetJobsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobsOutput)

GetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetJobs operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetJobs for more information on using the GetJobs API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetJobsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetJobsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs

func (*Glue) GetJobsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobsOutput, error)

GetJobsWithContext is the same as GetJobs with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetJobs for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRun(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) (*GetMLTaskRunOutput, error)

GetMLTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can check the stats of any task run by calling GetMLTaskRun with the TaskRunID and its parent transform's TransformID.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetMLTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRun

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTaskRunOutput)

GetMLTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetMLTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetMLTaskRun for more information on using the GetMLTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetMLTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetMLTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRun

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTaskRunOutput, error)

GetMLTaskRunWithContext is the same as GetMLTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetMLTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRuns added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRuns(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error)

GetMLTaskRuns API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can get a sortable, filterable list of machine learning task runs by calling GetMLTaskRuns with their parent transform's TransformID and other optional parameters as documented in this section.

This operation returns a list of historic runs and must be paginated.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetMLTaskRuns for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRuns

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPages added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPages(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, fn func(*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetMLTaskRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMLTaskRuns operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetMLTaskRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMLTaskRuns operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetMLTaskRunsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetMLTaskRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, fn func(*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext same as GetMLTaskRunsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunsRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTaskRunsOutput)

GetMLTaskRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetMLTaskRuns operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetMLTaskRuns for more information on using the GetMLTaskRuns API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetMLTaskRunsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRuns

func (*Glue) GetMLTaskRunsWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error)

GetMLTaskRunsWithContext is the same as GetMLTaskRuns with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetMLTaskRuns for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTransform added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransform(input *GetMLTransformInput) (*GetMLTransformOutput, error)

GetMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets an AWS Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue. You can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransform.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetMLTransform for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransform

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformRequest(input *GetMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTransformOutput)

GetMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetMLTransform operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetMLTransform for more information on using the GetMLTransform API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetMLTransformRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetMLTransformRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransform

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTransformOutput, error)

GetMLTransformWithContext is the same as GetMLTransform with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTransforms added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransforms(input *GetMLTransformsInput) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error)

GetMLTransforms API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning transforms. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue, and you can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransforms.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetMLTransforms for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransforms

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformsPages added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsPages(input *GetMLTransformsInput, fn func(*GetMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetMLTransformsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMLTransforms operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetMLTransforms method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMLTransforms operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetMLTransformsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetMLTransformsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformsInput, fn func(*GetMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext same as GetMLTransformsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformsRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsRequest(input *GetMLTransformsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTransformsOutput)

GetMLTransformsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetMLTransforms operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetMLTransforms for more information on using the GetMLTransforms API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetMLTransformsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetMLTransformsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransforms

func (*Glue) GetMLTransformsWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error)

GetMLTransformsWithContext is the same as GetMLTransforms with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetMLTransforms for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetMapping 

func (c *Glue) GetMapping(input *GetMappingInput) (*GetMappingOutput, error)

GetMapping API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates mappings.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetMapping for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping

func (*Glue) GetMappingRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMappingOutput)

GetMappingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetMapping operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetMapping for more information on using the GetMapping API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetMappingRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetMappingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping

func (*Glue) GetMappingWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetMappingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMappingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMappingOutput, error)

GetMappingWithContext is the same as GetMapping with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetMapping for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPartition 

func (c *Glue) GetPartition(input *GetPartitionInput) (*GetPartitionOutput, error)

GetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves information about a specified partition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetPartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition

func (*Glue) GetPartitionIndexes added in v1.34.20 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexes(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error)

GetPartitionIndexes API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetPartitionIndexes for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ConflictException The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionIndexes

func (*Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPages added in v1.34.20 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPages(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, fn func(*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, bool) bool) error

GetPartitionIndexesPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitionIndexes operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetPartitionIndexes method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitionIndexes operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetPartitionIndexesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetPartitionIndexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext added in v1.34.20 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, fn func(*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionIndexesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPartitionIndexesRequest added in v1.34.20 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesRequest(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionIndexesOutput)

GetPartitionIndexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetPartitionIndexes operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetPartitionIndexes for more information on using the GetPartitionIndexes API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetPartitionIndexesRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetPartitionIndexesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionIndexes

func (*Glue) GetPartitionIndexesWithContext added in v1.34.20 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error)

GetPartitionIndexesWithContext is the same as GetPartitionIndexes with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetPartitionIndexes for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionOutput)

GetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetPartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetPartition for more information on using the GetPartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetPartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetPartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition

func (*Glue) GetPartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionOutput, error)

GetPartitionWithContext is the same as GetPartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPartitions 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitions(input *GetPartitionsInput) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error)

GetPartitions API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetPartitions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions

func (*Glue) GetPartitionsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPages(input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetPartitionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetPartitions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetPartitionsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetPartitionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetPartitionsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetPartitionsPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPartitionsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionsOutput)

GetPartitionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetPartitions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetPartitions for more information on using the GetPartitions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetPartitionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetPartitionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions

func (*Glue) GetPartitionsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error)

GetPartitionsWithContext is the same as GetPartitions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetPartitions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetPlan 

func (c *Glue) GetPlan(input *GetPlanInput) (*GetPlanOutput, error)

GetPlan API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets code to perform a specified mapping.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetPlan for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan

func (*Glue) GetPlanRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPlanOutput)

GetPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetPlan operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetPlan for more information on using the GetPlan API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetPlanRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetPlanRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan

func (*Glue) GetPlanWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPlanOutput, error)

GetPlanWithContext is the same as GetPlan with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetPlan for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetRegistry added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetRegistry(input *GetRegistryInput) (*GetRegistryOutput, error)

GetRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.

Describes the specified registry in detail.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetRegistry for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetRegistry

func (*Glue) GetRegistryRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetRegistryRequest(input *GetRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRegistryOutput)

GetRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetRegistry operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetRegistry for more information on using the GetRegistry API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetRegistryRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetRegistryRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetRegistry

func (*Glue) GetRegistryWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRegistryOutput, error)

GetRegistryWithContext is the same as GetRegistry with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetResourcePolicies added in v1.33.3 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicies(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error)

GetResourcePolicies API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the resource policies set on individual resources by AWS Resource Access Manager during cross-account permission grants. Also retrieves the Data Catalog resource policy.

If you enabled metadata encryption in Data Catalog settings, and you do not have permission on the AWS KMS key, the operation can't return the Data Catalog resource policy.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetResourcePolicies for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicies

func (*Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPages added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPages(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, fn func(*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, bool) bool) error

GetResourcePoliciesPages iterates over the pages of a GetResourcePolicies operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetResourcePolicies method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetResourcePolicies operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetResourcePoliciesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetResourcePoliciesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, fn func(*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext same as GetResourcePoliciesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetResourcePoliciesRequest added in v1.33.3 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesRequest(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetResourcePoliciesOutput)

GetResourcePoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetResourcePolicies operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetResourcePolicies for more information on using the GetResourcePolicies API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetResourcePoliciesRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetResourcePoliciesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicies

func (*Glue) GetResourcePoliciesWithContext added in v1.33.3 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error)

GetResourcePoliciesWithContext is the same as GetResourcePolicies with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetResourcePolicies for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetResourcePolicy added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicy(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error)

GetResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a specified resource policy.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetResourcePolicy for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) GetResourcePolicyRequest added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicyRequest(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetResourcePolicyOutput)

GetResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetResourcePolicy for more information on using the GetResourcePolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetResourcePolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetResourcePolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) GetResourcePolicyWithContext added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error)

GetResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as GetResourcePolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSchema added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchema(input *GetSchemaInput) (*GetSchemaOutput, error)

GetSchema API operation for AWS Glue.

Describes the specified schema in detail.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSchema for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchema

func (*Glue) GetSchemaByDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinition(input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput, error)

GetSchemaByDefinition API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition. The schema definition is sent to the Schema Registry, canonicalized, and hashed. If the hash is matched within the scope of the SchemaName or ARN (or the default registry, if none is supplied), that schema’s metadata is returned. Otherwise, a 404 or NotFound error is returned. Schema versions in Deleted statuses will not be included in the results.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSchemaByDefinition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaByDefinition

func (*Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput)

GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSchemaByDefinition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSchemaByDefinition for more information on using the GetSchemaByDefinition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaByDefinition

func (*Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput, error)

GetSchemaByDefinitionWithContext is the same as GetSchemaByDefinition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSchemaByDefinition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSchemaRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaRequest(input *GetSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaOutput)

GetSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSchema operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSchema for more information on using the GetSchema API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSchemaRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSchemaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchema

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersion(input *GetSchemaVersionInput) (*GetSchemaVersionOutput, error)

GetSchemaVersion API operation for AWS Glue.

Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the schema is created or registered. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSchemaVersion for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersion

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersionRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionRequest(input *GetSchemaVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaVersionOutput)

GetSchemaVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSchemaVersion operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSchemaVersion for more information on using the GetSchemaVersion API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSchemaVersionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSchemaVersionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersion

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersionWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaVersionOutput, error)

GetSchemaVersionWithContext is the same as GetSchemaVersion with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSchemaVersion for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiff added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiff(input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput, error)

GetSchemaVersionsDiff API operation for AWS Glue.

Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry.

This API allows you to compare two schema versions between two schema definitions under the same schema.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSchemaVersionsDiff for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersionsDiff

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput)

GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSchemaVersionsDiff operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSchemaVersionsDiff for more information on using the GetSchemaVersionsDiff API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersionsDiff

func (*Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput, error)

GetSchemaVersionsDiffWithContext is the same as GetSchemaVersionsDiff with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSchemaVersionsDiff for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSchemaWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) GetSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaOutput, error)

GetSchemaWithContext is the same as GetSchema with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSchema for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfiguration(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

GetSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a specified security configuration.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput)

GetSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the GetSecurityConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfiguration

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationWithContext added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

GetSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetSecurityConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurations added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurations(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error)

GetSecurityConfigurations API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a list of all security configurations.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetSecurityConfigurations for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfigurations

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPages added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPages(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, fn func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetSecurityConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a GetSecurityConfigurations operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetSecurityConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetSecurityConfigurations operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, fn func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext same as GetSecurityConfigurationsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput)

GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetSecurityConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetSecurityConfigurations for more information on using the GetSecurityConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfigurations

func (*Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error)

GetSecurityConfigurationsWithContext is the same as GetSecurityConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetSecurityConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTable 

func (c *Glue) GetTable(input *GetTableInput) (*GetTableOutput, error)

GetTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable

func (*Glue) GetTableRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableOutput)

GetTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTable for more information on using the GetTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable

func (*Glue) GetTableVersion added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersion(input *GetTableVersionInput) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error)

GetTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a specified version of a table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTableVersion for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionRequest added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionRequest(input *GetTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionOutput)

GetTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTableVersion operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTableVersion for more information on using the GetTableVersion API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTableVersionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionWithContext added in v1.12.66 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error)

GetTableVersionWithContext is the same as GetTableVersion with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTableVersions 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersions(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error)

GetTableVersions API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTableVersions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPages(input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetTableVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetTableVersions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetTableVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTableVersions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetTableVersionsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetTableVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext same as GetTableVersionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionsOutput)

GetTableVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTableVersions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTableVersions for more information on using the GetTableVersions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions

func (*Glue) GetTableVersionsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error)

GetTableVersionsWithContext is the same as GetTableVersions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTableVersions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTableWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableOutput, error)

GetTableWithContext is the same as GetTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTables 

func (c *Glue) GetTables(input *GetTablesInput) (*GetTablesOutput, error)

GetTables API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTables for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables

func (*Glue) GetTablesPages 

func (c *Glue) GetTablesPages(input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool) error

GetTablesPages iterates over the pages of a GetTables operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetTables method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTables operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetTablesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetTablesPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetTablesPagesWithContext same as GetTablesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTablesRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTablesOutput)

GetTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTables operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTables for more information on using the GetTables API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTablesRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTablesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables

func (*Glue) GetTablesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTablesOutput, error)

GetTablesWithContext is the same as GetTables with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTables for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) GetTags(input *GetTagsInput) (*GetTagsOutput, error)

GetTags API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTags

func (*Glue) GetTagsRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) GetTagsRequest(input *GetTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTagsOutput)

GetTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTags for more information on using the GetTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTags

func (*Glue) GetTagsWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) GetTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTagsOutput, error)

GetTagsWithContext is the same as GetTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTrigger 

func (c *Glue) GetTrigger(input *GetTriggerInput) (*GetTriggerOutput, error)

GetTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the definition of a trigger.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger

func (*Glue) GetTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggerOutput)

GetTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTrigger for more information on using the GetTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger

func (*Glue) GetTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggerOutput, error)

GetTriggerWithContext is the same as GetTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTriggers 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggers(input *GetTriggersInput) (*GetTriggersOutput, error)

GetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.

Gets all the triggers associated with a job.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetTriggers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers

func (*Glue) GetTriggersPages 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPages(input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error

GetTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a GetTriggers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTriggers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetTriggersPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetTriggersPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetTriggersPagesWithContext same as GetTriggersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetTriggersRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggersOutput)

GetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetTriggers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetTriggers for more information on using the GetTriggers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetTriggersRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetTriggersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers

func (*Glue) GetTriggersWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggersOutput, error)

GetTriggersWithContext is the same as GetTriggers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunction(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

GetUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput)

GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunction API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunction with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctions 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctions(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error)

GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetUserDefinedFunctions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetUserDefinedFunctions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext same as GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput)

GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunctions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetUserDefinedFunctions for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunctions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions

func (*Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext 

func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error)

GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunctions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetUserDefinedFunctions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetWorkflow added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflow(input *GetWorkflowInput) (*GetWorkflowOutput, error)

GetWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetWorkflow for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflow

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRequest(input *GetWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowOutput)

GetWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetWorkflow operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetWorkflow for more information on using the GetWorkflow API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflow

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRun added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRun(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) (*GetWorkflowRunOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetWorkflowRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunProperties(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRunProperties API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetWorkflowRunProperties for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRunProperties

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput)

GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetWorkflowRunProperties operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetWorkflowRunProperties for more information on using the GetWorkflowRunProperties API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRunProperties

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRunProperties with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetWorkflowRunProperties for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunOutput)

GetWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetWorkflowRun for more information on using the GetWorkflowRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRuns added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRuns(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRuns API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation GetWorkflowRuns for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRuns

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPages added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPages(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, fn func(*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, bool) bool) error

GetWorkflowRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetWorkflowRuns operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See GetWorkflowRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetWorkflowRuns operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.GetWorkflowRunsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.GetWorkflowRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, fn func(*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext same as GetWorkflowRunsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunsRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunsOutput)

GetWorkflowRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetWorkflowRuns operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetWorkflowRuns for more information on using the GetWorkflowRuns API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRuns

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowRunsWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error)

GetWorkflowRunsWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRuns with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetWorkflowRuns for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) GetWorkflowWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowOutput, error)

GetWorkflowWithContext is the same as GetWorkflow with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ImportCatalogToGlue 

func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlue(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error)

ImportCatalogToGlue API operation for AWS Glue.

Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to AWS Glue

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ImportCatalogToGlue for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue

func (*Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest 

func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportCatalogToGlueOutput)

ImportCatalogToGlueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ImportCatalogToGlue operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ImportCatalogToGlue for more information on using the ImportCatalogToGlue API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ImportCatalogToGlueRequest method.
req, resp := client.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue

func (*Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext 

func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error)

ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext is the same as ImportCatalogToGlue with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ImportCatalogToGlue for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListCrawlers added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListCrawlers(input *ListCrawlersInput) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error)

ListCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListCrawlers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListCrawlers

func (*Glue) ListCrawlersPages added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersPages(input *ListCrawlersInput, fn func(*ListCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error

ListCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a ListCrawlers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListCrawlers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListCrawlersPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListCrawlersPagesWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCrawlersInput, fn func(*ListCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListCrawlersPagesWithContext same as ListCrawlersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListCrawlersRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersRequest(input *ListCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListCrawlersOutput)

ListCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListCrawlers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListCrawlers for more information on using the ListCrawlers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListCrawlersRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListCrawlersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListCrawlers

func (*Glue) ListCrawlersWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error)

ListCrawlersWithContext is the same as ListCrawlers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListDevEndpoints added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpoints(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error)

ListDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListDevEndpoints for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) ListDevEndpointsPages added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsPages(input *ListDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDevEndpoints operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDevEndpoints operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListDevEndpointsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as ListDevEndpointsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListDevEndpointsRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsRequest(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDevEndpointsOutput)

ListDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListDevEndpoints for more information on using the ListDevEndpoints API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListDevEndpointsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListDevEndpointsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListDevEndpoints

func (*Glue) ListDevEndpointsWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error)

ListDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as ListDevEndpoints with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListJobs added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error)

ListJobs API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the names of all job resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListJobs for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListJobs

func (*Glue) ListJobsPages added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListJobsPages(input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobs operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobs operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListJobsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListJobsPagesWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListJobsPagesWithContext same as ListJobsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListJobsRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput)

ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListJobs

func (*Glue) ListJobsWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error)

ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListMLTransforms added in v1.29.13 

func (c *Glue) ListMLTransforms(input *ListMLTransformsInput) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error)

ListMLTransforms API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning transforms in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter of the responses so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tag filtering, only resources with the tags are retrieved.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListMLTransforms for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListMLTransforms

func (*Glue) ListMLTransformsPages added in v1.29.13 

func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsPages(input *ListMLTransformsInput, fn func(*ListMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListMLTransformsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMLTransforms operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListMLTransforms method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMLTransforms operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListMLTransformsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListMLTransformsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext added in v1.29.13 

func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMLTransformsInput, fn func(*ListMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext same as ListMLTransformsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListMLTransformsRequest added in v1.29.13 

func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsRequest(input *ListMLTransformsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMLTransformsOutput)

ListMLTransformsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListMLTransforms operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListMLTransforms for more information on using the ListMLTransforms API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListMLTransformsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListMLTransformsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListMLTransforms

func (*Glue) ListMLTransformsWithContext added in v1.29.13 

func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMLTransformsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error)

ListMLTransformsWithContext is the same as ListMLTransforms with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListMLTransforms for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListRegistries added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListRegistries(input *ListRegistriesInput) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error)

ListRegistries API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry information. Registries in the Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no registries available.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListRegistries for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListRegistries

func (*Glue) ListRegistriesPages added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesPages(input *ListRegistriesInput, fn func(*ListRegistriesOutput, bool) bool) error

ListRegistriesPages iterates over the pages of a ListRegistries operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListRegistries method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRegistries operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListRegistriesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListRegistriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListRegistriesPagesWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRegistriesInput, fn func(*ListRegistriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListRegistriesPagesWithContext same as ListRegistriesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListRegistriesRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesRequest(input *ListRegistriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRegistriesOutput)

ListRegistriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListRegistries operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListRegistries for more information on using the ListRegistries API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListRegistriesRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListRegistriesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListRegistries

func (*Glue) ListRegistriesWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRegistriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error)

ListRegistriesWithContext is the same as ListRegistries with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListRegistries for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListSchemaVersions added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersions(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

ListSchemaVersions API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schema versions available.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListSchemaVersions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemaVersions

func (*Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPages added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPages(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListSchemaVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListSchemaVersions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListSchemaVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListSchemaVersions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListSchemaVersionsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListSchemaVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListSchemaVersionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListSchemaVersionsRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsRequest(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemaVersionsOutput)

ListSchemaVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListSchemaVersions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListSchemaVersions for more information on using the ListSchemaVersions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListSchemaVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListSchemaVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemaVersions

func (*Glue) ListSchemaVersionsWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

ListSchemaVersionsWithContext is the same as ListSchemaVersions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListSchemaVersions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListSchemas added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemas(input *ListSchemasInput) (*ListSchemasOutput, error)

ListSchemas API operation for AWS Glue.

Returns a list of schemas with minimal details. Schemas in Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schemas available.

When the RegistryId is not provided, all the schemas across registries will be part of the API response.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListSchemas for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemas

func (*Glue) ListSchemasPages added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemasPages(input *ListSchemasInput, fn func(*ListSchemasOutput, bool) bool) error

ListSchemasPages iterates over the pages of a ListSchemas operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListSchemas method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListSchemas operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListSchemasPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListSchemasOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListSchemasPagesWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemasPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemasInput, fn func(*ListSchemasOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListSchemasPagesWithContext same as ListSchemasPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListSchemasRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemasRequest(input *ListSchemasInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemasOutput)

ListSchemasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListSchemas operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListSchemas for more information on using the ListSchemas API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListSchemasRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListSchemasRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemas

func (*Glue) ListSchemasWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) ListSchemasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemasOutput, error)

ListSchemasWithContext is the same as ListSchemas with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListSchemas for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListTriggers added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListTriggers(input *ListTriggersInput) (*ListTriggersOutput, error)

ListTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.

Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListTriggers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListTriggers

func (*Glue) ListTriggersPages added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListTriggersPages(input *ListTriggersInput, fn func(*ListTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error

ListTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a ListTriggers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTriggers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListTriggersPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListTriggersPagesWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTriggersInput, fn func(*ListTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListTriggersPagesWithContext same as ListTriggersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListTriggersRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListTriggersRequest(input *ListTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTriggersOutput)

ListTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListTriggers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListTriggers for more information on using the ListTriggers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListTriggersRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListTriggersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListTriggers

func (*Glue) ListTriggersWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) ListTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTriggersOutput, error)

ListTriggersWithContext is the same as ListTriggers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListWorkflows added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) ListWorkflows(input *ListWorkflowsInput) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error)

ListWorkflows API operation for AWS Glue.

Lists names of workflows created in the account.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ListWorkflows for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListWorkflows

func (*Glue) ListWorkflowsPages added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsPages(input *ListWorkflowsInput, fn func(*ListWorkflowsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListWorkflowsPages iterates over the pages of a ListWorkflows operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListWorkflows method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListWorkflows operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListWorkflowsPages(params,
    func(page *glue.ListWorkflowsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkflowsInput, fn func(*ListWorkflowsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext same as ListWorkflowsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ListWorkflowsRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsRequest(input *ListWorkflowsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListWorkflowsOutput)

ListWorkflowsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListWorkflows operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListWorkflows for more information on using the ListWorkflows API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListWorkflowsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListWorkflowsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListWorkflows

func (*Glue) ListWorkflowsWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkflowsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error)

ListWorkflowsWithContext is the same as ListWorkflows with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListWorkflows for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation for AWS Glue.

Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog. After the configuration has been set, the specified encryption is applied to every catalog write thereafter.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings

func (*Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput)

PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for more information on using the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings

func (*Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext added in v1.15.21 

func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext is the same as PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) PutResourcePolicy added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicy(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error)

PutResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.

Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation PutResourcePolicy for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • ConditionCheckFailureException A specified condition was not satisfied.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) PutResourcePolicyRequest added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicyRequest(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutResourcePolicyOutput)

PutResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutResourcePolicy for more information on using the PutResourcePolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutResourcePolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutResourcePolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutResourcePolicy

func (*Glue) PutResourcePolicyWithContext added in v1.15.23 

func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error)

PutResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as PutResourcePolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadata added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadata(input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

PutSchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.

Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID. A maximum of 10 key value pairs will be allowed per schema version. They can be added over one or more calls.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation PutSchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutSchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput)

PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutSchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutSchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the PutSchemaVersionMetadata API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutSchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

PutSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as PutSchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutSchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) PutWorkflowRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunProperties(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

PutWorkflowRunProperties API operation for AWS Glue.

Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run. If a property already exists for the specified run, then it overrides the value otherwise adds the property to existing properties.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation PutWorkflowRunProperties for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • AlreadyExistsException A resource to be created or added already exists.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutWorkflowRunProperties

func (*Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput)

PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutWorkflowRunProperties operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutWorkflowRunProperties for more information on using the PutWorkflowRunProperties API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutWorkflowRunProperties

func (*Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

PutWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext is the same as PutWorkflowRunProperties with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutWorkflowRunProperties for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadata added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadata(input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

QuerySchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.

Queries for the schema version metadata information.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/QuerySchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput)

QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the QuerySchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the QuerySchemaVersionMetadata API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
req, resp := client.QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/QuerySchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

QuerySchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as QuerySchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) RegisterSchemaVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersion(input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput, error)

RegisterSchemaVersion API operation for AWS Glue.

Adds a new version to the existing schema. Returns an error if new version of schema does not meet the compatibility requirements of the schema set. This API will not create a new schema set and will return a 404 error if the schema set is not already present in the Schema Registry.

If this is the first schema definition to be registered in the Schema Registry, this API will store the schema version and return immediately. Otherwise, this call has the potential to run longer than other operations due to compatibility modes. You can call the GetSchemaVersion API with the SchemaVersionId to check compatibility modes.

If the same schema definition is already stored in Schema Registry as a version, the schema ID of the existing schema is returned to the caller.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation RegisterSchemaVersion for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RegisterSchemaVersion

func (*Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput)

RegisterSchemaVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RegisterSchemaVersion operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RegisterSchemaVersion for more information on using the RegisterSchemaVersion API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RegisterSchemaVersionRequest method.
req, resp := client.RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RegisterSchemaVersion

func (*Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput, error)

RegisterSchemaVersionWithContext is the same as RegisterSchemaVersion with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RegisterSchemaVersion for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata(input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified schema version ID.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput)

RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
req, resp := client.RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata

func (*Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ResetJobBookmark 

func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmark(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

ResetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue.

Resets a bookmark entry.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ResetJobBookmark for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark

func (*Glue) ResetJobBookmarkRequest 

func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetJobBookmarkOutput)

ResetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ResetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ResetJobBookmark for more information on using the ResetJobBookmark API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ResetJobBookmarkRequest method.
req, resp := client.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark

func (*Glue) ResetJobBookmarkWithContext 

func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

ResetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as ResetJobBookmark with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ResetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) ResumeWorkflowRun added in v1.33.13 

func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRun(input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput, error)

ResumeWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and resumes the workflow run. The selected nodes and all nodes that are downstream from the selected nodes are run.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation ResumeWorkflowRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

  • IllegalWorkflowStateException The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResumeWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunRequest added in v1.33.13 

func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput)

ResumeWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ResumeWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ResumeWorkflowRun for more information on using the ResumeWorkflowRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ResumeWorkflowRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResumeWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunWithContext added in v1.33.13 

func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput, error)

ResumeWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as ResumeWorkflowRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ResumeWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) SearchTables added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) SearchTables(input *SearchTablesInput) (*SearchTablesOutput, error)

SearchTables API operation for AWS Glue.

Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database. You can search against text or filter conditions.

You can only get tables that you have access to based on the security policies defined in Lake Formation. You need at least a read-only access to the table for it to be returned. If you do not have access to all the columns in the table, these columns will not be searched against when returning the list of tables back to you. If you have access to the columns but not the data in the columns, those columns and the associated metadata for those columns will be included in the search.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation SearchTables for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SearchTables

func (*Glue) SearchTablesPages added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) SearchTablesPages(input *SearchTablesInput, fn func(*SearchTablesOutput, bool) bool) error

SearchTablesPages iterates over the pages of a SearchTables operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See SearchTables method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a SearchTables operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.SearchTablesPages(params,
    func(page *glue.SearchTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Glue) SearchTablesPagesWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) SearchTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SearchTablesInput, fn func(*SearchTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

SearchTablesPagesWithContext same as SearchTablesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) SearchTablesRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) SearchTablesRequest(input *SearchTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *SearchTablesOutput)

SearchTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the SearchTables operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See SearchTables for more information on using the SearchTables API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the SearchTablesRequest method.
req, resp := client.SearchTablesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SearchTables

func (*Glue) SearchTablesWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) SearchTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SearchTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SearchTablesOutput, error)

SearchTablesWithContext is the same as SearchTables with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See SearchTables for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartCrawler 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawler(input *StartCrawlerInput) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error)

StartCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled. If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-exceptions.html#aws-glue-api-exceptions-CrawlerRunningException).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • CrawlerRunningException The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler

func (*Glue) StartCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerOutput)

StartCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartCrawler for more information on using the StartCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler

func (*Glue) StartCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerSchedule(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

StartCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.

Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • SchedulerRunningException The specified scheduler is already running.

  • SchedulerTransitioningException The specified scheduler is transitioning.

  • NoScheduleException There is no applicable schedule.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerScheduleOutput)

StartCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StartCrawlerSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StartCrawlerSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error)

StartCrawlerWithContext is the same as StartCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRun(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

StartExportLabelsTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform. This task is the only label-related API call that is not part of the typical active learning workflow. You typically use StartExportLabelsTaskRun when you want to work with all of your existing labels at the same time, such as when you want to remove or change labels that were previously submitted as truth. This API operation accepts the TransformId whose labels you want to export and an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to export the labels to. The operation returns a TaskRunId. You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun API.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartExportLabelsTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartExportLabelsTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput)

StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartExportLabelsTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartExportLabelsTaskRun for more information on using the StartExportLabelsTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartExportLabelsTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

StartExportLabelsTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartExportLabelsTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartExportLabelsTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRun(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

StartImportLabelsTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality. This API operation is generally used as part of the active learning workflow that starts with the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun call and that ultimately results in improving the quality of your machine learning transform.

After the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue machine learning will have generated a series of questions for humans to answer. (Answering these questions is often called 'labeling' in the machine learning workflows). In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?” After the labeling process is finished, users upload their answers/labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun. After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.

By default, StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun continually learns from and combines all labels that you upload unless you set Replace to true. If you set Replace to true, StartImportLabelsTaskRun deletes and forgets all previously uploaded labels and learns only from the exact set that you upload. Replacing labels can be helpful if you realize that you previously uploaded incorrect labels, and you believe that they are having a negative effect on your transform quality.

You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartImportLabelsTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartImportLabelsTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput)

StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartImportLabelsTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartImportLabelsTaskRun for more information on using the StartImportLabelsTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartImportLabelsTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

StartImportLabelsTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartImportLabelsTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartImportLabelsTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartJobRun 

func (c *Glue) StartJobRun(input *StartJobRunInput) (*StartJobRunOutput, error)

StartJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts a job run using a job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartJobRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun

func (*Glue) StartJobRunRequest 

func (c *Glue) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartJobRunOutput)

StartJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartJobRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartJobRun for more information on using the StartJobRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartJobRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartJobRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun

func (*Glue) StartJobRunWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StartJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartJobRunOutput, error)

StartJobRunWithContext is the same as StartJobRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRun(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput, error)

StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform.

When you provide label sets as examples of truth, AWS Glue machine learning uses some of those examples to learn from them. The rest of the labels are used as a test to estimate quality.

Returns a unique identifier for the run. You can call GetMLTaskRun to get more information about the stats of the EvaluationTaskRun.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

  • MLTransformNotReadyException The machine learning transform is not ready to run.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLEvaluationTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput)

StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for more information on using the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLEvaluationTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput, error)

StartMLEvaluationTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartMLEvaluationTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput, error)

StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels.

When the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue will have generated a "labeling set" or a set of questions for humans to answer.

In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?”

After the labeling process is finished, you can upload your labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun. After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform will use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput)

StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for more information on using the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun

func (*Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput, error)

StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartTrigger 

func (c *Glue) StartTrigger(input *StartTriggerInput) (*StartTriggerOutput, error)

StartTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/trigger-job.html) for information about how different types of trigger are started.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger

func (*Glue) StartTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartTriggerOutput)

StartTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartTrigger for more information on using the StartTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger

func (*Glue) StartTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StartTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartTriggerOutput, error)

StartTriggerWithContext is the same as StartTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StartWorkflowRun added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRun(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) (*StartWorkflowRunOutput, error)

StartWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Starts a new run of the specified workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StartWorkflowRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • ConcurrentRunsExceededException Too many jobs are being run concurrently.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) StartWorkflowRunRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRunRequest(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartWorkflowRunOutput)

StartWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartWorkflowRun for more information on using the StartWorkflowRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartWorkflowRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartWorkflowRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) StartWorkflowRunWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartWorkflowRunOutput, error)

StartWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as StartWorkflowRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StopCrawler 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawler(input *StopCrawlerInput) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error)

StopCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StopCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • CrawlerNotRunningException The specified crawler is not running.

  • CrawlerStoppingException The specified crawler is stopping.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler

func (*Glue) StopCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerOutput)

StopCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopCrawler for more information on using the StopCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler

func (*Glue) StopCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerSchedule(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

StopCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.

Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does not stop the crawler if it is already running.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StopCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • SchedulerNotRunningException The specified scheduler is not running.

  • SchedulerTransitioningException The specified scheduler is transitioning.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerScheduleOutput)

StopCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StopCrawlerSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StopCrawlerSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StopCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error)

StopCrawlerWithContext is the same as StopCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StopTrigger 

func (c *Glue) StopTrigger(input *StopTriggerInput) (*StopTriggerOutput, error)

StopTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Stops a specified trigger.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StopTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger

func (*Glue) StopTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopTriggerOutput)

StopTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopTrigger for more information on using the StopTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger

func (*Glue) StopTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) StopTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopTriggerOutput, error)

StopTriggerWithContext is the same as StopTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) StopWorkflowRun added in v1.30.29 

func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRun(input *StopWorkflowRunInput) (*StopWorkflowRunOutput, error)

StopWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.

Stops the execution of the specified workflow run.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation StopWorkflowRun for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • IllegalWorkflowStateException The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) StopWorkflowRunRequest added in v1.30.29 

func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRunRequest(input *StopWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopWorkflowRunOutput)

StopWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopWorkflowRun for more information on using the StopWorkflowRun API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopWorkflowRunRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopWorkflowRunRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopWorkflowRun

func (*Glue) StopWorkflowRunWithContext added in v1.30.29 

func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopWorkflowRunOutput, error)

StopWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as StopWorkflowRun with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) TagResource added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error)

TagResource API operation for AWS Glue.

Adds tags to a resource. A tag is a label you can assign to an AWS resource. In AWS Glue, you can tag only certain resources. For information about what resources you can tag, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation TagResource for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TagResource

func (*Glue) TagResourceRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput)

TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TagResource

func (*Glue) TagResourceWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error)

TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UntagResource added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error)

UntagResource API operation for AWS Glue.

Removes tags from a resource.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UntagResource

func (*Glue) UntagResourceRequest added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput)

UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UntagResource

func (*Glue) UntagResourceWithContext added in v1.17.4 

func (c *Glue) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error)

UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateClassifier 

func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifier(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error)

UpdateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.

Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateClassifier for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • VersionMismatchException There was a version conflict.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier

func (*Glue) UpdateClassifierRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateClassifierOutput)

UpdateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateClassifier operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateClassifier for more information on using the UpdateClassifier API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateClassifierRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateClassifierRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier

func (*Glue) UpdateClassifierWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error)

UpdateClassifierWithContext is the same as UpdateClassifier with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates or updates partition statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is UpdatePartition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Creates or updates table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is UpdateTable.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable

func (*Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext added in v1.32.10 

func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateConnection 

func (c *Glue) UpdateConnection(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error)

UpdateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateConnection for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection

func (*Glue) UpdateConnectionRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConnectionOutput)

UpdateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateConnection operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateConnection for more information on using the UpdateConnection API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateConnectionRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateConnectionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection

func (*Glue) UpdateConnectionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error)

UpdateConnectionWithContext is the same as UpdateConnection with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawler 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawler(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error)

UpdateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler before updating it.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateCrawler for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • VersionMismatchException There was a version conflict.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • CrawlerRunningException The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawlerRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerOutput)

UpdateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateCrawler operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateCrawler for more information on using the UpdateCrawler API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerSchedule(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • VersionMismatchException There was a version conflict.

  • SchedulerTransitioningException The specified scheduler is transitioning.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput)

UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the UpdateCrawlerSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawlerSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateCrawlerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error)

UpdateCrawlerWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawler with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateDatabase 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabase(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error)

UpdateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateDatabase for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase

func (*Glue) UpdateDatabaseRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDatabaseOutput)

UpdateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateDatabase operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateDatabase for more information on using the UpdateDatabase API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateDatabaseRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateDatabaseRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase

func (*Glue) UpdateDatabaseWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error)

UpdateDatabaseWithContext is the same as UpdateDatabase with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateDevEndpoint 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpoint(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error)

UpdateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a specified development endpoint.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • ValidationException A value could not be validated.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) UpdateDevEndpointRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDevEndpointOutput)

UpdateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateDevEndpoint for more information on using the UpdateDevEndpoint API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateDevEndpointRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint

func (*Glue) UpdateDevEndpointWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error)

UpdateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as UpdateDevEndpoint with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateJob 

func (c *Glue) UpdateJob(input *UpdateJobInput) (*UpdateJobOutput, error)

UpdateJob API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing job definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateJob for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob

func (*Glue) UpdateJobRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobOutput)

UpdateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateJob operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateJob for more information on using the UpdateJob API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateJobRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateJobRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob

func (*Glue) UpdateJobWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobOutput, error)

UpdateJobWithContext is the same as UpdateJob with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateJob for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateMLTransform added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransform(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) (*UpdateMLTransformOutput, error)

UpdateMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing machine learning transform. Call this operation to tune the algorithm parameters to achieve better results.

After calling this operation, you can call the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation to assess how well your new parameters achieved your goals (such as improving the quality of your machine learning transform, or making it more cost-effective).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateMLTransform for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateMLTransform

func (*Glue) UpdateMLTransformRequest added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransformRequest(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMLTransformOutput)

UpdateMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateMLTransform operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateMLTransform for more information on using the UpdateMLTransform API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateMLTransformRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateMLTransformRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateMLTransform

func (*Glue) UpdateMLTransformWithContext added in v1.22.2 

func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMLTransformOutput, error)

UpdateMLTransformWithContext is the same as UpdateMLTransform with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdatePartition 

func (c *Glue) UpdatePartition(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error)

UpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a partition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdatePartition for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition

func (*Glue) UpdatePartitionRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePartitionOutput)

UpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdatePartition operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdatePartition for more information on using the UpdatePartition API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdatePartitionRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdatePartitionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition

func (*Glue) UpdatePartitionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error)

UpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as UpdatePartition with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateRegistry added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistry(input *UpdateRegistryInput) (*UpdateRegistryOutput, error)

UpdateRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas. The updated properties relate to the registry, and do not modify any of the schemas within the registry.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateRegistry for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateRegistry

func (*Glue) UpdateRegistryRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistryRequest(input *UpdateRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRegistryOutput)

UpdateRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateRegistry operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateRegistry for more information on using the UpdateRegistry API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateRegistryRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateRegistryRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateRegistry

func (*Glue) UpdateRegistryWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRegistryOutput, error)

UpdateRegistryWithContext is the same as UpdateRegistry with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateSchema added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateSchema(input *UpdateSchemaInput) (*UpdateSchemaOutput, error)

UpdateSchema API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for a schema set.

For updating the compatibility setting, the call will not validate compatibility for the entire set of schema versions with the new compatibility setting. If the value for Compatibility is provided, the VersionNumber (a checkpoint) is also required. The API will validate the checkpoint version number for consistency.

If the value for the VersionNumber (checkpoint) is provided, Compatibility is optional and this can be used to set/reset a checkpoint for the schema.

This update will happen only if the schema is in the AVAILABLE state.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateSchema for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • AccessDeniedException Access to a resource was denied.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateSchema

func (*Glue) UpdateSchemaRequest added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateSchemaRequest(input *UpdateSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateSchemaOutput)

UpdateSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateSchema operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateSchema for more information on using the UpdateSchema API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateSchemaRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateSchemaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateSchema

func (*Glue) UpdateSchemaWithContext added in v1.35.32 

func (c *Glue) UpdateSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateSchemaOutput, error)

UpdateSchemaWithContext is the same as UpdateSchema with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateSchema for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateTable 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTable(input *UpdateTableInput) (*UpdateTableOutput, error)

UpdateTable API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateTable for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

  • ResourceNumberLimitExceededException A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable

func (*Glue) UpdateTableRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTableOutput)

UpdateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateTable operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateTable for more information on using the UpdateTable API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateTableRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateTableRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable

func (*Glue) UpdateTableWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTableOutput, error)

UpdateTableWithContext is the same as UpdateTable with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateTable for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateTrigger 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTrigger(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error)

UpdateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates a trigger definition.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateTrigger for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger

func (*Glue) UpdateTriggerRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTriggerOutput)

UpdateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateTrigger operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateTrigger for more information on using the UpdateTrigger API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateTriggerRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateTriggerRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger

func (*Glue) UpdateTriggerWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error)

UpdateTriggerWithContext is the same as UpdateTrigger with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunction(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • EncryptionException An encryption operation failed.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest 

func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput)

UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the UpdateUserDefinedFunction API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction

func (*Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext 

func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as UpdateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Glue) UpdateWorkflow added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflow(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) (*UpdateWorkflowOutput, error)

UpdateWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.

Updates an existing workflow.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's API operation UpdateWorkflow for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • InvalidInputException The input provided was not valid.

  • EntityNotFoundException A specified entity does not exist

  • InternalServiceException An internal service error occurred.

  • OperationTimeoutException The operation timed out.

  • ConcurrentModificationException Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateWorkflow

func (*Glue) UpdateWorkflowRequest added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflowRequest(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateWorkflowOutput)

UpdateWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateWorkflow operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateWorkflow for more information on using the UpdateWorkflow API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateWorkflowRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateWorkflowRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateWorkflow

func (*Glue) UpdateWorkflowWithContext added in v1.20.5 

func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateWorkflowOutput, error)

UpdateWorkflowWithContext is the same as UpdateWorkflow with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type GluePolicy added in v1.33.3 

type GluePolicy struct {

	// The date and time at which the policy was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains the hash value associated with this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format.
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was last updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure for returning a resource policy.

func (GluePolicy) GoString added in v1.33.3 

func (s GluePolicy) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GluePolicy) SetCreateTime added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GluePolicy) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *GluePolicy

SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.

func (*GluePolicy) SetPolicyHash added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GluePolicy) SetPolicyHash(v string) *GluePolicy

SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.

func (*GluePolicy) SetPolicyInJson added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GluePolicy) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *GluePolicy

SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.

func (*GluePolicy) SetUpdateTime added in v1.33.3 

func (s *GluePolicy) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *GluePolicy

SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.

func (GluePolicy) String added in v1.33.3 

func (s GluePolicy) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GrokClassifier 

type GrokClassifier struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, and so on.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns defined by this classifier. For more information,
	// see custom patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern applied to a data store by this classifier. For more information,
	// see built-in patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
	//
	// GrokPattern is a required field
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A classifier that uses grok patterns.

func (GrokClassifier) GoString 

func (s GrokClassifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GrokClassifier) SetClassification 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *GrokClassifier

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetCreationTime 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetCustomPatterns 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *GrokClassifier

SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetGrokPattern 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetGrokPattern(v string) *GrokClassifier

SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetLastUpdated 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier

SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetName 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetName(v string) *GrokClassifier

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*GrokClassifier) SetVersion 

func (s *GrokClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *GrokClassifier

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (GrokClassifier) String 

func (s GrokClassifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IdempotentParameterMismatchException added in v1.28.0 

type IdempotentParameterMismatchException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Error() string

func (IdempotentParameterMismatchException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s IdempotentParameterMismatchException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*IdempotentParameterMismatchException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (IdempotentParameterMismatchException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s IdempotentParameterMismatchException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IllegalWorkflowStateException added in v1.30.29 

type IllegalWorkflowStateException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) Code added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) Error added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Error() string

func (IllegalWorkflowStateException) GoString added in v1.30.29 

func (s IllegalWorkflowStateException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) Message added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) OrigErr added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) RequestID added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*IllegalWorkflowStateException) StatusCode added in v1.30.29 

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (IllegalWorkflowStateException) String added in v1.30.29 

func (s IllegalWorkflowStateException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImportCatalogToGlueInput 

type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the AWS account
	// ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ImportCatalogToGlueInput) GoString 

func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ImportCatalogToGlueInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *ImportCatalogToGlueInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String 

func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate 

func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput 

type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) GoString 

func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String 

func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you will import
	// the labels.
	InputS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.
	Replace *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies configuration properties for an importing labels task run.

func (ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetInputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetInputS3Path(v string) *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties

SetInputS3Path sets the InputS3Path field's value.

func (*ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetReplace added in v1.22.2 

func (s *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetReplace(v bool) *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties

SetReplace sets the Replace field's value.

func (ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InternalServiceException added in v1.28.0 

type InternalServiceException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An internal service error occurred.

func (*InternalServiceException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*InternalServiceException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) Error() string

func (InternalServiceException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s InternalServiceException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InternalServiceException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*InternalServiceException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*InternalServiceException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*InternalServiceException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServiceException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (InternalServiceException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s InternalServiceException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InvalidInputException added in v1.28.0 

type InvalidInputException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The input provided was not valid.

func (*InvalidInputException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*InvalidInputException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) Error() string

func (InvalidInputException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s InvalidInputException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InvalidInputException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*InvalidInputException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*InvalidInputException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*InvalidInputException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InvalidInputException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (InvalidInputException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s InvalidInputException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JdbcTarget 

type JdbcTarget struct {

	// The name of the connection to use to connect to the JDBC target.
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
	// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
	Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The path of the JDBC target.
	Path *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a JDBC data store to crawl.

func (JdbcTarget) GoString 

func (s JdbcTarget) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JdbcTarget) SetConnectionName 

func (s *JdbcTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *JdbcTarget

SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.

func (*JdbcTarget) SetExclusions 

func (s *JdbcTarget) SetExclusions(v []*string) *JdbcTarget

SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.

func (*JdbcTarget) SetPath 

func (s *JdbcTarget) SetPath(v string) *JdbcTarget

SetPath sets the Path field's value.

func (JdbcTarget) String 

func (s JdbcTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Job 

type Job struct {

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to runs of
	// this job. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is
	// a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute
	// capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing
	// page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job.
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The time and date that this job definition was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The default arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the job.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last point in time when this job definition was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming
	// ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job after a JobRun fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name you assign to this job definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a job definition.

func (Job) GoString 

func (s Job) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Job) SetAllocatedCapacity 

func (s *Job) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *Job

SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.

func (*Job) SetCommand 

func (s *Job) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *Job

SetCommand sets the Command field's value.

func (*Job) SetConnections 

func (s *Job) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *Job

SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.

func (*Job) SetCreatedOn 

func (s *Job) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Job

SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.

func (*Job) SetDefaultArguments 

func (s *Job) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job

SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.

func (*Job) SetDescription 

func (s *Job) SetDescription(v string) *Job

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Job) SetExecutionProperty 

func (s *Job) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *Job

SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.

func (*Job) SetGlueVersion added in v1.21.4 

func (s *Job) SetGlueVersion(v string) *Job

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*Job) SetLastModifiedOn 

func (s *Job) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Job

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*Job) SetLogUri 

func (s *Job) SetLogUri(v string) *Job

SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.

func (*Job) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.16.22 

func (s *Job) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *Job

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*Job) SetMaxRetries 

func (s *Job) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *Job

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*Job) SetName 

func (s *Job) SetName(v string) *Job

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Job) SetNonOverridableArguments added in v1.29.1 

func (s *Job) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job

SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.

func (*Job) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *Job) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Job

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*Job) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.19.11 

func (s *Job) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *Job

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*Job) SetRole 

func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*Job) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *Job) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Job

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*Job) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *Job) SetTimeout(v int64) *Job

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*Job) SetWorkerType added in v1.19.11 

func (s *Job) SetWorkerType(v string) *Job

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (Job) String 

func (s Job) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobBookmarkEntry 

type JobBookmarkEntry struct {

	// The attempt ID number.
	Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The bookmark itself.
	JobBookmark *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the job in question.
	JobName *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with the previous job run.
	PreviousRunId *string `type:"string"`

	// The run ID number.
	Run *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The run ID number.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the job.
	Version *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a point that a job can resume processing.

func (JobBookmarkEntry) GoString 

func (s JobBookmarkEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetAttempt 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobBookmark 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobBookmark(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetJobBookmark sets the JobBookmark field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobName 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobName(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetPreviousRunId added in v1.21.6 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetRun 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRun(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetRun sets the Run field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetRunId added in v1.21.6 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRunId(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (*JobBookmarkEntry) SetVersion 

func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetVersion(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (JobBookmarkEntry) String 

func (s JobBookmarkEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobBookmarksEncryption added in v1.15.21 

type JobBookmarksEncryption struct {

	// The encryption mode to use for job bookmarks data.
	JobBookmarksEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"JobBookmarksEncryptionMode"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies how job bookmark data should be encrypted.

func (JobBookmarksEncryption) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s JobBookmarksEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobBookmarksEncryption) SetJobBookmarksEncryptionMode added in v1.15.21 

func (s *JobBookmarksEncryption) SetJobBookmarksEncryptionMode(v string) *JobBookmarksEncryption

SetJobBookmarksEncryptionMode sets the JobBookmarksEncryptionMode field's value.

func (*JobBookmarksEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn added in v1.15.21 

func (s *JobBookmarksEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *JobBookmarksEncryption

SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.

func (JobBookmarksEncryption) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s JobBookmarksEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobCommand 

type JobCommand struct {

	// The name of the job command. For an Apache Spark ETL job, this must be glueetl.
	// For a Python shell job, it must be pythonshell. For an Apache Spark streaming
	// ETL job, this must be gluestreaming.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The Python version being used to execute a Python shell job. Allowed values
	// are 2 or 3.
	PythonVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to a script
	// that executes a job.
	ScriptLocation *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies code executed when a job is run.

func (JobCommand) GoString 

func (s JobCommand) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobCommand) SetName 

func (s *JobCommand) SetName(v string) *JobCommand

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*JobCommand) SetPythonVersion added in v1.19.44 

func (s *JobCommand) SetPythonVersion(v string) *JobCommand

SetPythonVersion sets the PythonVersion field's value.

func (*JobCommand) SetScriptLocation 

func (s *JobCommand) SetScriptLocation(v string) *JobCommand

SetScriptLocation sets the ScriptLocation field's value.

func (JobCommand) String 

func (s JobCommand) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobNodeDetails added in v1.20.5 

type JobNodeDetails struct {

	// The information for the job runs represented by the job node.
	JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The details of a Job node present in the workflow.

func (JobNodeDetails) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s JobNodeDetails) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobNodeDetails) SetJobRuns added in v1.20.5 

func (s *JobNodeDetails) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *JobNodeDetails

SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value.

func (JobNodeDetails) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s JobNodeDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobRun 

type JobRun struct {

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to this JobRun.
	// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The job arguments associated with this run. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The number of the attempt to run this job.
	Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time that this job run completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// An error message associated with this job run.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the job run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID of this job run.
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job definition being used in this run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The current state of the job run. For more information about the statuses
	// of jobs that have terminated abnormally, see AWS Glue Job Run Statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/job-run-statuses.html).
	JobRunState *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`

	// The last time that this job run was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the log group for secure logging that can be server-side encrypted
	// in Amazon CloudWatch using AWS KMS. This name can be /aws-glue/jobs/, in
	// which case the default encryption is NONE. If you add a role name and SecurityConfiguration
	// name (in other words, /aws-glue/jobs-yourRoleName-yourSecurityConfigurationName/),
	// then that security configuration is used to encrypt the log group.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"),
	//    you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job
	//    type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of predecessors to this job run.
	PredecessorRuns []*Predecessor `type:"list"`

	// The ID of the previous run of this job. For example, the JobRunId specified
	// in the StartJobRun action.
	PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job
	// run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which this job run was started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The name of the trigger that started this job run.
	TriggerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about a job run.

func (JobRun) GoString 

func (s JobRun) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobRun) SetAllocatedCapacity 

func (s *JobRun) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobRun

SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetArguments 

func (s *JobRun) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobRun

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetAttempt 

func (s *JobRun) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobRun

SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetCompletedOn 

func (s *JobRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun

SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetErrorMessage 

func (s *JobRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *JobRun

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetExecutionTime added in v1.13.32 

func (s *JobRun) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *JobRun

SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetGlueVersion added in v1.21.4 

func (s *JobRun) SetGlueVersion(v string) *JobRun

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetId 

func (s *JobRun) SetId(v string) *JobRun

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetJobName 

func (s *JobRun) SetJobName(v string) *JobRun

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetJobRunState 

func (s *JobRun) SetJobRunState(v string) *JobRun

SetJobRunState sets the JobRunState field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetLastModifiedOn 

func (s *JobRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetLogGroupName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *JobRun) SetLogGroupName(v string) *JobRun

SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.16.22 

func (s *JobRun) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *JobRun

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *JobRun) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobRun

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.19.11 

func (s *JobRun) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *JobRun

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetPredecessorRuns 

func (s *JobRun) SetPredecessorRuns(v []*Predecessor) *JobRun

SetPredecessorRuns sets the PredecessorRuns field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetPreviousRunId 

func (s *JobRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobRun

SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *JobRun) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *JobRun

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetStartedOn 

func (s *JobRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun

SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *JobRun) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobRun

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetTriggerName 

func (s *JobRun) SetTriggerName(v string) *JobRun

SetTriggerName sets the TriggerName field's value.

func (*JobRun) SetWorkerType added in v1.19.11 

func (s *JobRun) SetWorkerType(v string) *JobRun

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (JobRun) String 

func (s JobRun) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobUpdate 

type JobUpdate struct {

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this job.
	// You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job (required).
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The default arguments for this job.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Description of the job being defined.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies the configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job (required).
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies information used to update an existing job definition. The previous job definition is completely overwritten by this information.

func (JobUpdate) GoString 

func (s JobUpdate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JobUpdate) SetAllocatedCapacity 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobUpdate

SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetCommand 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *JobUpdate

SetCommand sets the Command field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetConnections 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *JobUpdate

SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetDefaultArguments 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate

SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetDescription 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *JobUpdate

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetExecutionProperty 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *JobUpdate

SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetGlueVersion added in v1.21.4 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetGlueVersion(v string) *JobUpdate

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetLogUri 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetLogUri(v string) *JobUpdate

SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.16.22 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *JobUpdate

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetMaxRetries 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *JobUpdate

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetNonOverridableArguments added in v1.29.1 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate

SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobUpdate

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.19.11 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *JobUpdate

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetRole 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetRole(v string) *JobUpdate

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *JobUpdate

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobUpdate

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*JobUpdate) SetWorkerType added in v1.19.11 

func (s *JobUpdate) SetWorkerType(v string) *JobUpdate

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (JobUpdate) String 

func (s JobUpdate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*JobUpdate) Validate added in v1.13.32 

func (s *JobUpdate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type JsonClassifier added in v1.12.72 

type JsonClassifier struct {

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	//
	// JsonPath is a required field
	JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A classifier for JSON content.

func (JsonClassifier) GoString added in v1.12.72 

func (s JsonClassifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JsonClassifier) SetCreationTime added in v1.12.72 

func (s *JsonClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*JsonClassifier) SetJsonPath added in v1.12.72 

func (s *JsonClassifier) SetJsonPath(v string) *JsonClassifier

SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.

func (*JsonClassifier) SetLastUpdated added in v1.12.72 

func (s *JsonClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier

SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.

func (*JsonClassifier) SetName added in v1.12.72 

func (s *JsonClassifier) SetName(v string) *JsonClassifier

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*JsonClassifier) SetVersion added in v1.12.72 

func (s *JsonClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *JsonClassifier

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (JsonClassifier) String added in v1.12.72 

func (s JsonClassifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

type KeySchemaElement added in v1.34.20 

type KeySchemaElement struct {

	// The name of a partition key.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of a partition key.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A partition key pair consisting of a name and a type.

func (KeySchemaElement) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s KeySchemaElement) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*KeySchemaElement) SetName added in v1.34.20 

func (s *KeySchemaElement) SetName(v string) *KeySchemaElement

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*KeySchemaElement) SetType added in v1.34.20 

func (s *KeySchemaElement) SetType(v string) *KeySchemaElement

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (KeySchemaElement) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s KeySchemaElement) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will generate
	// the labeling set.
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run.

func (LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties

SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.

func (LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LastCrawlInfo 

type LastCrawlInfo struct {

	// If an error occurred, the error information about the last crawl.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The log group for the last crawl.
	LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The log stream for the last crawl.
	LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The prefix for a message about this crawl.
	MessagePrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the crawl started.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Status of the last crawl.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"LastCrawlStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Status and error information about the most recent crawl.

func (LastCrawlInfo) GoString 

func (s LastCrawlInfo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetErrorMessage 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetErrorMessage(v string) *LastCrawlInfo

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetLogGroup 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogGroup(v string) *LastCrawlInfo

SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value.

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetLogStream 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogStream(v string) *LastCrawlInfo

SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value.

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetMessagePrefix 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetMessagePrefix(v string) *LastCrawlInfo

SetMessagePrefix sets the MessagePrefix field's value.

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetStartTime 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *LastCrawlInfo

SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.

func (*LastCrawlInfo) SetStatus 

func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStatus(v string) *LastCrawlInfo

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (LastCrawlInfo) String 

func (s LastCrawlInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LineageConfiguration added in v1.35.34 

type LineageConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies whether data lineage is enabled for the crawler. Valid values are:
	//
	//    * ENABLE: enables data lineage for the crawler
	//
	//    * DISABLE: disables data lineage for the crawler
	CrawlerLineageSettings *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerLineageSettings"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.

func (LineageConfiguration) GoString added in v1.35.34 

func (s LineageConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LineageConfiguration) SetCrawlerLineageSettings added in v1.35.34 

func (s *LineageConfiguration) SetCrawlerLineageSettings(v string) *LineageConfiguration

SetCrawlerLineageSettings sets the CrawlerLineageSettings field's value.

func (LineageConfiguration) String added in v1.35.34 

func (s LineageConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListCrawlersInput added in v1.17.4 

type ListCrawlersInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListCrawlersInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListCrawlersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListCrawlersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListCrawlersInput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCrawlersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListCrawlersInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListCrawlersInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListCrawlersInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListCrawlersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListCrawlersInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListCrawlersOutput added in v1.17.4 

type ListCrawlersOutput struct {

	// The names of all crawlers in the account, or the crawlers with the specified
	// tags.
	CrawlerNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListCrawlersOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListCrawlersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlerNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlerNames(v []*string) *ListCrawlersOutput

SetCrawlerNames sets the CrawlerNames field's value.

func (*ListCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCrawlersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListCrawlersOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListCrawlersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListDevEndpointsInput added in v1.17.4 

type ListDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDevEndpointsInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDevEndpointsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDevEndpointsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListDevEndpointsInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListDevEndpointsInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListDevEndpointsInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListDevEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListDevEndpointsInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListDevEndpointsOutput added in v1.17.4 

type ListDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// The names of all the DevEndpoints in the account, or the DevEndpoints with
	// the specified tags.
	DevEndpointNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDevEndpointsOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointNames(v []*string) *ListDevEndpointsOutput

SetDevEndpointNames sets the DevEndpointNames field's value.

func (*ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDevEndpointsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListDevEndpointsOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListDevEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListJobsInput added in v1.17.4 

type ListJobsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListJobsInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListJobsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListJobsInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListJobsInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListJobsInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListJobsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListJobsInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListJobsOutput added in v1.17.4 

type ListJobsOutput struct {

	// The names of all jobs in the account, or the jobs with the specified tags.
	JobNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListJobsOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListJobsOutput) SetJobNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobNames(v []*string) *ListJobsOutput

SetJobNames sets the JobNames field's value.

func (*ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListJobsOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListMLTransformsInput added in v1.29.13 

type ListMLTransformsInput struct {

	// A TransformFilterCriteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.
	Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A TransformSortCriteria used to sort the machine learning transforms.
	Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMLTransformsInput) GoString added in v1.29.13 

func (s ListMLTransformsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) SetFilter added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetFilter(v *TransformFilterCriteria) *ListMLTransformsInput

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMLTransformsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMLTransformsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) SetSort added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetSort(v *TransformSortCriteria) *ListMLTransformsInput

SetSort sets the Sort field's value.

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) SetTags added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListMLTransformsInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListMLTransformsInput) String added in v1.29.13 

func (s ListMLTransformsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListMLTransformsInput) Validate added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListMLTransformsOutput added in v1.29.13 

type ListMLTransformsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifiers of all the machine learning transforms in the account, or
	// the machine learning transforms with the specified tags.
	//
	// TransformIds is a required field
	TransformIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMLTransformsOutput) GoString added in v1.29.13 

func (s ListMLTransformsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMLTransformsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListMLTransformsOutput) SetTransformIds added in v1.29.13 

func (s *ListMLTransformsOutput) SetTransformIds(v []*string) *ListMLTransformsOutput

SetTransformIds sets the TransformIds field's value.

func (ListMLTransformsOutput) String added in v1.29.13 

func (s ListMLTransformsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListRegistriesInput added in v1.35.32 

type ListRegistriesInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListRegistriesInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListRegistriesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListRegistriesInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListRegistriesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRegistriesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListRegistriesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListRegistriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRegistriesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListRegistriesInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListRegistriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListRegistriesInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListRegistriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListRegistriesOutput added in v1.35.32 

type ListRegistriesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of RegistryDetailedListItem objects containing minimal details of
	// each registry.
	Registries []*RegistryListItem `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListRegistriesOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListRegistriesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListRegistriesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListRegistriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRegistriesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListRegistriesOutput) SetRegistries added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListRegistriesOutput) SetRegistries(v []*RegistryListItem) *ListRegistriesOutput

SetRegistries sets the Registries field's value.

func (ListRegistriesOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListRegistriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListSchemaVersionsInput added in v1.35.32 

type ListSchemaVersionsInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSchemaVersionsInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemaVersionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListSchemaVersionsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaVersionsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *ListSchemaVersionsInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (ListSchemaVersionsInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemaVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemaVersionsInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListSchemaVersionsOutput added in v1.35.32 

type ListSchemaVersionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of SchemaVersionList objects containing details of each schema version.
	Schemas []*SchemaVersionListItem `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaVersionsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemas added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemas(v []*SchemaVersionListItem) *ListSchemaVersionsOutput

SetSchemas sets the Schemas field's value.

func (ListSchemaVersionsOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemaVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListSchemasInput added in v1.35.32 

type ListSchemasInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSchemasInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemasInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemasInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListSchemasInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListSchemasInput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemasInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListSchemasInput) SetRegistryId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *ListSchemasInput

SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.

func (ListSchemasInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemasInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemasInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListSchemasOutput added in v1.35.32 

type ListSchemasOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of SchemaListItem objects containing details of each schema.
	Schemas []*SchemaListItem `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSchemasOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemasOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListSchemasOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemasOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListSchemasOutput) SetSchemas added in v1.35.32 

func (s *ListSchemasOutput) SetSchemas(v []*SchemaListItem) *ListSchemasOutput

SetSchemas sets the Schemas field's value.

func (ListSchemasOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s ListSchemasOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTriggersInput added in v1.17.4 

type ListTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can
	// start this job is returned. If there is no such trigger, all triggers are
	// returned.
	DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTriggersInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListTriggersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *ListTriggersInput

SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value.

func (*ListTriggersInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTriggersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListTriggersInput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTriggersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListTriggersInput) SetTags added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTriggersInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListTriggersInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTriggersInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTriggersOutput added in v1.17.4 

type ListTriggersOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The names of all triggers in the account, or the triggers with the specified
	// tags.
	TriggerNames []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTriggersOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListTriggersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListTriggersOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTriggersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListTriggersOutput) SetTriggerNames added in v1.17.4 

func (s *ListTriggersOutput) SetTriggerNames(v []*string) *ListTriggersOutput

SetTriggerNames sets the TriggerNames field's value.

func (ListTriggersOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s ListTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListWorkflowsInput added in v1.20.5 

type ListWorkflowsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListWorkflowsInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s ListWorkflowsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListWorkflowsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.20.5 

func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListWorkflowsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListWorkflowsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.20.5 

func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkflowsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListWorkflowsInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s ListWorkflowsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListWorkflowsInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListWorkflowsOutput added in v1.20.5 

type ListWorkflowsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all workflow names have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// List of names of workflows in the account.
	Workflows []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListWorkflowsOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s ListWorkflowsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListWorkflowsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.20.5 

func (s *ListWorkflowsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkflowsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows added in v1.20.5 

func (s *ListWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows(v []*string) *ListWorkflowsOutput

SetWorkflows sets the Workflows field's value.

func (ListWorkflowsOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s ListWorkflowsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Location 

type Location struct {

	// An Amazon DynamoDB table location.
	DynamoDB []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`

	// A JDBC location.
	Jdbc []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`

	// An Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location.
	S3 []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The location of resources.

func (Location) GoString 

func (s Location) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Location) SetDynamoDB added in v1.14.24 

func (s *Location) SetDynamoDB(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location

SetDynamoDB sets the DynamoDB field's value.

func (*Location) SetJdbc 

func (s *Location) SetJdbc(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location

SetJdbc sets the Jdbc field's value.

func (*Location) SetS3 

func (s *Location) SetS3(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location

SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.

func (Location) String 

func (s Location) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Location) Validate 

func (s *Location) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LongColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type LongColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for integer data columns.

func (LongColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s LongColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.

func (*LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue added in v1.32.10 

func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData

SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.

func (*LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.

func (*LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (LongColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s LongColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LongColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MLTransform added in v1.22.2 

type MLTransform struct {

	// A timestamp. The time and date that this machine learning transform was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A user-defined, long-form description text for the machine learning transform.
	// Descriptions are not guaranteed to be unique and can be changed at any time.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An EvaluationMetrics object. Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the
	// quality of your machine learning transform.
	EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`

	// A count identifier for the labeling files generated by AWS Glue for this
	// transform. As you create a better transform, you can iteratively download,
	// label, and upload the labeling file.
	LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A timestamp. The last point in time when this machine learning transform
	// was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry after an MLTaskRun of the machine learning
	// transform fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A user-defined name for the machine learning transform. Names are not guaranteed
	// unique and can be changed at any time.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a task
	// of the transform runs.
	//
	// If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A TransformParameters object. You can use parameters to tune (customize)
	// the behavior of the machine learning transform by specifying what data it
	// learns from and your preference on various tradeoffs (such as precious vs.
	// recall, or accuracy vs. cost).
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
	// permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
	// the transform.
	//
	//    * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
	//    resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
	//    Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
	//
	//    * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
	//    S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
	//    used by the task run for this transform.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// A map of key-value pairs representing the columns and data types that this
	// transform can run against. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the machine learning transform.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The timeout in minutes of the machine learning transform.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The unique transform ID that is generated for the machine learning transform.
	// The ID is guaranteed to be unique and does not change.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a task of this transform
	// runs. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure for a machine learning transform.

func (MLTransform) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s MLTransform) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MLTransform) SetCreatedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *MLTransform

SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetDescription added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetDescription(v string) *MLTransform

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetEvaluationMetrics added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *MLTransform

SetEvaluationMetrics sets the EvaluationMetrics field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetGlueVersion added in v1.25.40 

func (s *MLTransform) SetGlueVersion(v string) *MLTransform

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetInputRecordTables added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *MLTransform

SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetLabelCount added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetLabelCount(v int64) *MLTransform

SetLabelCount sets the LabelCount field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetLastModifiedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *MLTransform

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *MLTransform

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetMaxRetries added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *MLTransform

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetName(v string) *MLTransform

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *MLTransform

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *MLTransform

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetRole added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetRole(v string) *MLTransform

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetSchema added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *MLTransform

SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetStatus(v string) *MLTransform

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetTimeout added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetTimeout(v int64) *MLTransform

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetTransformEncryption added in v1.35.16 

func (s *MLTransform) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *MLTransform

SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetTransformId(v string) *MLTransform

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (*MLTransform) SetWorkerType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *MLTransform) SetWorkerType(v string) *MLTransform

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (MLTransform) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s MLTransform) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MLTransformNotReadyException added in v1.28.0 

type MLTransformNotReadyException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The machine learning transform is not ready to run.

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Error() string

func (MLTransformNotReadyException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s MLTransformNotReadyException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*MLTransformNotReadyException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (MLTransformNotReadyException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s MLTransformNotReadyException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MLUserDataEncryption added in v1.35.16 

type MLUserDataEncryption struct {

	// The ID for the customer-provided KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The encryption mode applied to user data. Valid values are:
	//
	//    * DISABLED: encryption is disabled
	//
	//    * SSEKMS: use of server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service
	//    (SSE-KMS) for user data stored in Amazon S3.
	//
	// MlUserDataEncryptionMode is a required field
	MlUserDataEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MLUserDataEncryptionModeString"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing user data.

func (MLUserDataEncryption) GoString added in v1.35.16 

func (s MLUserDataEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MLUserDataEncryption) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.35.16 

func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *MLUserDataEncryption

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*MLUserDataEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryptionMode added in v1.35.16 

func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryptionMode(v string) *MLUserDataEncryption

SetMlUserDataEncryptionMode sets the MlUserDataEncryptionMode field's value.

func (MLUserDataEncryption) String added in v1.35.16 

func (s MLUserDataEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MLUserDataEncryption) Validate added in v1.35.16 

func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MappingEntry 

type MappingEntry struct {

	// The source path.
	SourcePath *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table.
	SourceTable *string `type:"string"`

	// The source type.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The target path.
	TargetPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The target table.
	TargetTable *string `type:"string"`

	// The target type.
	TargetType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a mapping.

func (MappingEntry) GoString 

func (s MappingEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MappingEntry) SetSourcePath 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourcePath(v string) *MappingEntry

SetSourcePath sets the SourcePath field's value.

func (*MappingEntry) SetSourceTable 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceTable(v string) *MappingEntry

SetSourceTable sets the SourceTable field's value.

func (*MappingEntry) SetSourceType 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceType(v string) *MappingEntry

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*MappingEntry) SetTargetPath 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetPath(v string) *MappingEntry

SetTargetPath sets the TargetPath field's value.

func (*MappingEntry) SetTargetTable 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetTable(v string) *MappingEntry

SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.

func (*MappingEntry) SetTargetType 

func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetType(v string) *MappingEntry

SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.

func (MappingEntry) String 

func (s MappingEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MetadataInfo added in v1.35.32 

type MetadataInfo struct {

	// The time at which the entry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The metadata key’s corresponding value.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Other metadata belonging to the same metadata key.
	OtherMetadataValueList []*OtherMetadataValueListItem `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing metadata information for a schema version.

func (MetadataInfo) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s MetadataInfo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetadataInfo) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *MetadataInfo) SetCreatedTime(v string) *MetadataInfo

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*MetadataInfo) SetMetadataValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *MetadataInfo) SetMetadataValue(v string) *MetadataInfo

SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.

func (*MetadataInfo) SetOtherMetadataValueList added in v1.38.8 

func (s *MetadataInfo) SetOtherMetadataValueList(v []*OtherMetadataValueListItem) *MetadataInfo

SetOtherMetadataValueList sets the OtherMetadataValueList field's value.

func (MetadataInfo) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s MetadataInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MetadataKeyValuePair added in v1.35.32 

type MetadataKeyValuePair struct {

	// A metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A metadata key’s corresponding value.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing a key value pair for metadata.

func (MetadataKeyValuePair) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s MetadataKeyValuePair) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataKey added in v1.35.32 

func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataKey(v string) *MetadataKeyValuePair

SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.

func (*MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataValue(v string) *MetadataKeyValuePair

SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.

func (MetadataKeyValuePair) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s MetadataKeyValuePair) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MetadataKeyValuePair) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MongoDBTarget added in v1.35.3 

type MongoDBTarget struct {

	// The name of the connection to use to connect to the Amazon DocumentDB or
	// MongoDB target.
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The path of the Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB target (database/collection).
	Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to scan all the records, or to sample rows from the table.
	// Scanning all the records can take a long time when the table is not a high
	// throughput table.
	//
	// A value of true means to scan all records, while a value of false means to
	// sample the records. If no value is specified, the value defaults to true.
	ScanAll *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB data store to crawl.

func (MongoDBTarget) GoString added in v1.35.3 

func (s MongoDBTarget) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MongoDBTarget) SetConnectionName added in v1.35.3 

func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *MongoDBTarget

SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.

func (*MongoDBTarget) SetPath added in v1.35.3 

func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetPath(v string) *MongoDBTarget

SetPath sets the Path field's value.

func (*MongoDBTarget) SetScanAll added in v1.35.3 

func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetScanAll(v bool) *MongoDBTarget

SetScanAll sets the ScanAll field's value.

func (MongoDBTarget) String added in v1.35.3 

func (s MongoDBTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NoScheduleException added in v1.28.0 

type NoScheduleException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

There is no applicable schedule.

func (*NoScheduleException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*NoScheduleException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) Error() string

func (NoScheduleException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s NoScheduleException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NoScheduleException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*NoScheduleException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*NoScheduleException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*NoScheduleException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NoScheduleException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (NoScheduleException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s NoScheduleException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Node added in v1.20.5 

type Node struct {

	// Details of the crawler when the node represents a crawler.
	CrawlerDetails *CrawlerNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// Details of the Job when the node represents a Job.
	JobDetails *JobNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the AWS Glue component represented by the node.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Details of the Trigger when the node represents a Trigger.
	TriggerDetails *TriggerNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The type of AWS Glue component represented by the node.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"NodeType"`

	// The unique Id assigned to the node within the workflow.
	UniqueId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A node represents an AWS Glue component such as a trigger, or job, etc., that is part of a workflow.

func (Node) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s Node) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Node) SetCrawlerDetails added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetCrawlerDetails(v *CrawlerNodeDetails) *Node

SetCrawlerDetails sets the CrawlerDetails field's value.

func (*Node) SetJobDetails added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetJobDetails(v *JobNodeDetails) *Node

SetJobDetails sets the JobDetails field's value.

func (*Node) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetName(v string) *Node

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Node) SetTriggerDetails added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetTriggerDetails(v *TriggerNodeDetails) *Node

SetTriggerDetails sets the TriggerDetails field's value.

func (*Node) SetType added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetType(v string) *Node

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*Node) SetUniqueId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Node) SetUniqueId(v string) *Node

SetUniqueId sets the UniqueId field's value.

func (Node) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s Node) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

type NotificationProperty struct {

	// After a job run starts, the number of minutes to wait before sending a job
	// run delay notification.
	NotifyDelayAfter *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies configuration properties of a notification.

func (NotificationProperty) GoString added in v1.13.56 

func (s NotificationProperty) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NotificationProperty) SetNotifyDelayAfter added in v1.13.56 

func (s *NotificationProperty) SetNotifyDelayAfter(v int64) *NotificationProperty

SetNotifyDelayAfter sets the NotifyDelayAfter field's value.

func (NotificationProperty) String added in v1.13.56 

func (s NotificationProperty) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*NotificationProperty) Validate added in v1.13.56 

func (s *NotificationProperty) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OperationTimeoutException added in v1.28.0 

type OperationTimeoutException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The operation timed out.

func (*OperationTimeoutException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*OperationTimeoutException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Error() string

func (OperationTimeoutException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s OperationTimeoutException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OperationTimeoutException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*OperationTimeoutException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*OperationTimeoutException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*OperationTimeoutException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (OperationTimeoutException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s OperationTimeoutException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Order 

type Order struct {

	// The name of the column.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates that the column is sorted in ascending order (== 1), or in descending
	// order (==0).
	//
	// SortOrder is a required field
	SortOrder *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the sort order of a sorted column.

func (Order) GoString 

func (s Order) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Order) SetColumn 

func (s *Order) SetColumn(v string) *Order

SetColumn sets the Column field's value.

func (*Order) SetSortOrder 

func (s *Order) SetSortOrder(v int64) *Order

SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.

func (Order) String 

func (s Order) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Order) Validate 

func (s *Order) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OtherMetadataValueListItem added in v1.38.8 

type OtherMetadataValueListItem struct {

	// The time at which the entry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The metadata key’s corresponding value for the other metadata belonging
	// to the same metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing other metadata for a schema version belonging to the same metadata key.

func (OtherMetadataValueListItem) GoString added in v1.38.8 

func (s OtherMetadataValueListItem) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OtherMetadataValueListItem) SetCreatedTime added in v1.38.8 

func (s *OtherMetadataValueListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *OtherMetadataValueListItem

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*OtherMetadataValueListItem) SetMetadataValue added in v1.38.8 

func (s *OtherMetadataValueListItem) SetMetadataValue(v string) *OtherMetadataValueListItem

SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.

func (OtherMetadataValueListItem) String added in v1.38.8 

func (s OtherMetadataValueListItem) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Partition 

type Partition struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the partition resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the partition was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which to create the partition.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// These key-value pairs define partition parameters.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database table in which to create the partition.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The values of the partition.
	Values []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents a slice of table data.

func (Partition) GoString 

func (s Partition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Partition) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *Partition) SetCatalogId(v string) *Partition

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*Partition) SetCreationTime 

func (s *Partition) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Partition

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*Partition) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *Partition) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Partition

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*Partition) SetLastAccessTime 

func (s *Partition) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Partition

SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.

func (*Partition) SetLastAnalyzedTime 

func (s *Partition) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Partition

SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.

func (*Partition) SetParameters 

func (s *Partition) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Partition

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*Partition) SetStorageDescriptor 

func (s *Partition) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Partition

SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.

func (*Partition) SetTableName 

func (s *Partition) SetTableName(v string) *Partition

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (*Partition) SetValues 

func (s *Partition) SetValues(v []*string) *Partition

SetValues sets the Values field's value.

func (Partition) String 

func (s Partition) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PartitionError 

type PartitionError struct {

	// The details about the partition error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about a partition error.

func (PartitionError) GoString 

func (s PartitionError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PartitionError) SetErrorDetail 

func (s *PartitionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *PartitionError

SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.

func (*PartitionError) SetPartitionValues 

func (s *PartitionError) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *PartitionError

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (PartitionError) String 

func (s PartitionError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PartitionIndex added in v1.34.20 

type PartitionIndex struct {

	// The name of the partition index.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The keys for the partition index.
	//
	// Keys is a required field
	Keys []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure for a partition index.

func (PartitionIndex) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s PartitionIndex) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PartitionIndex) SetIndexName added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndex) SetIndexName(v string) *PartitionIndex

SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.

func (*PartitionIndex) SetKeys added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndex) SetKeys(v []*string) *PartitionIndex

SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.

func (PartitionIndex) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s PartitionIndex) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PartitionIndex) Validate added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndex) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PartitionIndexDescriptor added in v1.34.20 

type PartitionIndexDescriptor struct {

	// A list of errors that can occur when registering partition indexes for an
	// existing table.
	BackfillErrors []*BackfillError `type:"list"`

	// The name of the partition index.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The status of the partition index.
	//
	// The possible statuses are:
	//
	//    * CREATING: The index is being created. When an index is in a CREATING
	//    state, the index or its table cannot be deleted.
	//
	//    * ACTIVE: The index creation succeeds.
	//
	//    * FAILED: The index creation fails.
	//
	//    * DELETING: The index is deleted from the list of indexes.
	//
	// IndexStatus is a required field
	IndexStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PartitionIndexStatus"`

	// A list of one or more keys, as KeySchemaElement structures, for the partition
	// index.
	//
	// Keys is a required field
	Keys []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A descriptor for a partition index in a table.

func (PartitionIndexDescriptor) GoString added in v1.34.20 

func (s PartitionIndexDescriptor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetBackfillErrors added in v1.35.34 

func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetBackfillErrors(v []*BackfillError) *PartitionIndexDescriptor

SetBackfillErrors sets the BackfillErrors field's value.

func (*PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexName added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexName(v string) *PartitionIndexDescriptor

SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.

func (*PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexStatus added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexStatus(v string) *PartitionIndexDescriptor

SetIndexStatus sets the IndexStatus field's value.

func (*PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetKeys added in v1.34.20 

func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetKeys(v []*KeySchemaElement) *PartitionIndexDescriptor

SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.

func (PartitionIndexDescriptor) String added in v1.34.20 

func (s PartitionIndexDescriptor) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PartitionInput 

type PartitionInput struct {

	// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// These key-value pairs define partition parameters.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The values of the partition. Although this parameter is not required by the
	// SDK, you must specify this parameter for a valid input.
	//
	// The values for the keys for the new partition must be passed as an array
	// of String objects that must be ordered in the same order as the partition
	// keys appearing in the Amazon S3 prefix. Otherwise AWS Glue will add the values
	// to the wrong keys.
	Values []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The structure used to create and update a partition.

func (PartitionInput) GoString 

func (s PartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PartitionInput) SetLastAccessTime 

func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput

SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.

func (*PartitionInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime 

func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput

SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.

func (*PartitionInput) SetParameters 

func (s *PartitionInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *PartitionInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*PartitionInput) SetStorageDescriptor 

func (s *PartitionInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *PartitionInput

SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.

func (*PartitionInput) SetValues 

func (s *PartitionInput) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionInput

SetValues sets the Values field's value.

func (PartitionInput) String 

func (s PartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *PartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PartitionValueList 

type PartitionValueList struct {

	// The list of values.
	//
	// Values is a required field
	Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains a list of values defining partitions.

func (PartitionValueList) GoString 

func (s PartitionValueList) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PartitionValueList) SetValues 

func (s *PartitionValueList) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionValueList

SetValues sets the Values field's value.

func (PartitionValueList) String 

func (s PartitionValueList) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PartitionValueList) Validate 

func (s *PartitionValueList) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PhysicalConnectionRequirements 

type PhysicalConnectionRequirements struct {

	// The connection's Availability Zone. This field is redundant because the specified
	// subnet implies the Availability Zone to be used. Currently the field must
	// be populated, but it will be deprecated in the future.
	AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security group ID list used by the connection.
	SecurityGroupIdList []*string `type:"list"`

	// The subnet ID used by the connection.
	SubnetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the physical requirements for a connection.

func (PhysicalConnectionRequirements) GoString 

func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetAvailabilityZone 

func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSecurityGroupIdList 

func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSecurityGroupIdList(v []*string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements

SetSecurityGroupIdList sets the SecurityGroupIdList field's value.

func (*PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSubnetId 

func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSubnetId(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements

SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.

func (PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String 

func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate 

func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Predecessor 

type Predecessor struct {

	// The name of the job definition used by the predecessor job run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job-run ID of the predecessor job run.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A job run that was used in the predicate of a conditional trigger that triggered this job run.

func (Predecessor) GoString 

func (s Predecessor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Predecessor) SetJobName 

func (s *Predecessor) SetJobName(v string) *Predecessor

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*Predecessor) SetRunId 

func (s *Predecessor) SetRunId(v string) *Predecessor

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (Predecessor) String 

func (s Predecessor) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Predicate 

type Predicate struct {

	// A list of the conditions that determine when the trigger will fire.
	Conditions []*Condition `type:"list"`

	// An optional field if only one condition is listed. If multiple conditions
	// are listed, then this field is required.
	Logical *string `type:"string" enum:"Logical"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines the predicate of the trigger, which determines when it fires.

func (Predicate) GoString 

func (s Predicate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Predicate) SetConditions 

func (s *Predicate) SetConditions(v []*Condition) *Predicate

SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.

func (*Predicate) SetLogical 

func (s *Predicate) SetLogical(v string) *Predicate

SetLogical sets the Logical field's value.

func (Predicate) String 

func (s Predicate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Predicate) Validate 

func (s *Predicate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PrincipalPermissions added in v1.22.2 

type PrincipalPermissions struct {

	// The permissions that are granted to the principal.
	Permissions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The principal who is granted permissions.
	Principal *DataLakePrincipal `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Permissions granted to a principal.

func (PrincipalPermissions) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s PrincipalPermissions) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PrincipalPermissions) SetPermissions added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PrincipalPermissions) SetPermissions(v []*string) *PrincipalPermissions

SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.

func (*PrincipalPermissions) SetPrincipal added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PrincipalPermissions) SetPrincipal(v *DataLakePrincipal) *PrincipalPermissions

SetPrincipal sets the Principal field's value.

func (PrincipalPermissions) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s PrincipalPermissions) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PrincipalPermissions) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PrincipalPermissions) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PropertyPredicate added in v1.22.2 

type PropertyPredicate struct {

	// The comparator used to compare this property to others.
	Comparator *string `type:"string" enum:"Comparator"`

	// The key of the property.
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// The value of the property.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a property predicate.

func (PropertyPredicate) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s PropertyPredicate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PropertyPredicate) SetComparator added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetComparator(v string) *PropertyPredicate

SetComparator sets the Comparator field's value.

func (*PropertyPredicate) SetKey added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetKey(v string) *PropertyPredicate

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PropertyPredicate) SetValue added in v1.22.2 

func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetValue(v string) *PropertyPredicate

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (PropertyPredicate) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s PropertyPredicate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput added in v1.15.21 

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to set the security configuration for. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security configuration to set.
	//
	// DataCatalogEncryptionSettings is a required field
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.15.21 

func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings added in v1.15.21 

func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(v *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput

SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings sets the DataCatalogEncryptionSettings field's value.

func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate added in v1.15.21 

func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput added in v1.15.21 

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutResourcePolicyInput added in v1.15.23 

type PutResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// If 'TRUE', indicates that you are using both methods to grant cross-account
	// access to Data Catalog resources:
	//
	//    * By directly updating the resource policy with PutResourePolicy
	//
	//    * By using the Grant permissions command on the AWS Management Console.
	//
	// Must be set to 'TRUE' if you have already used the Management Console to
	// grant cross-account access, otherwise the call fails. Default is 'FALSE'.
	EnableHybrid *string `type:"string" enum:"EnableHybridValues"`

	// A value of MUST_EXIST is used to update a policy. A value of NOT_EXIST is
	// used to create a new policy. If a value of NONE or a null value is used,
	// the call does not depend on the existence of a policy.
	PolicyExistsCondition *string `type:"string" enum:"ExistCondition"`

	// The hash value returned when the previous policy was set using PutResourcePolicy.
	// Its purpose is to prevent concurrent modifications of a policy. Do not use
	// this parameter if no previous policy has been set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the policy document to set, in JSON format.
	//
	// PolicyInJson is a required field
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Do not use. For internal use only.
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutResourcePolicyInput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s PutResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) SetEnableHybrid added in v1.33.3 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetEnableHybrid(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput

SetEnableHybrid sets the EnableHybrid field's value.

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyExistsCondition added in v1.15.23 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyExistsCondition(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput

SetPolicyExistsCondition sets the PolicyExistsCondition field's value.

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition added in v1.15.23 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput

SetPolicyHashCondition sets the PolicyHashCondition field's value.

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyInJson added in v1.15.23 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput

SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.33.3 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (PutResourcePolicyInput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s PutResourcePolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) Validate added in v1.15.23 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.15.23 

type PutResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// A hash of the policy that has just been set. This must be included in a subsequent
	// call that overwrites or updates this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutResourcePolicyOutput) GoString added in v1.15.23 

func (s PutResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash added in v1.15.23 

func (s *PutResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash(v string) *PutResourcePolicyOutput

SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.

func (PutResourcePolicyOutput) String added in v1.15.23 

func (s PutResourcePolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v1.35.32 

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// The metadata key's corresponding value.
	//
	// MetadataKeyValue is a required field
	MetadataKeyValue *MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The unique ID for the schema.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue(v *MetadataKeyValuePair) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetMetadataKeyValue sets the MetadataKeyValue field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v1.35.32 

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name for the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name for the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput added in v1.20.5 

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run for which the run properties should be updated.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The properties to put for the specified run.
	//
	// RunProperties is a required field
	RunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName(v string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId(v string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput

SetRunProperties sets the RunProperties field's value.

func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput added in v1.20.5 

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v1.35.32 

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Search key-value pairs for metadata, if they are not provided all the metadata
	// information will be fetched.
	MetadataList []*MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataList added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataList(v []*MetadataKeyValuePair) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetMetadataList sets the MetadataList field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetNextToken(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v1.35.32 

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// A map of a metadata key and associated values.
	MetadataInfoMap map[string]*MetadataInfo `type:"map"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataInfoMap added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataInfoMap(v map[string]*MetadataInfo) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetMetadataInfoMap sets the MetadataInfoMap field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RecrawlPolicy added in v1.35.12 

type RecrawlPolicy struct {

	// Specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again or to crawl only folders
	// that were added since the last crawler run.
	//
	// A value of CRAWL_EVERYTHING specifies crawling the entire dataset again.
	//
	// A value of CRAWL_NEW_FOLDERS_ONLY specifies crawling only folders that were
	// added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"RecrawlBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

When crawling an Amazon S3 data source after the first crawl is complete, specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again or to crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run. For more information, see Incremental Crawls in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/incremental-crawls.html) in the developer guide.

func (RecrawlPolicy) GoString added in v1.35.12 

func (s RecrawlPolicy) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RecrawlPolicy) SetRecrawlBehavior added in v1.35.12 

func (s *RecrawlPolicy) SetRecrawlBehavior(v string) *RecrawlPolicy

SetRecrawlBehavior sets the RecrawlBehavior field's value.

func (RecrawlPolicy) String added in v1.35.12 

func (s RecrawlPolicy) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RegisterSchemaVersionInput added in v1.35.32 

type RegisterSchemaVersionInput struct {

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for the SchemaName.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RegisterSchemaVersionInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegisterSchemaVersionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaDefinition added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionInput

SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *RegisterSchemaVersionInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (RegisterSchemaVersionInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegisterSchemaVersionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RegisterSchemaVersionOutput added in v1.35.32 

type RegisterSchemaVersionOutput struct {

	// The unique ID that represents the version of this schema.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version of this schema (for sync flow only, in case this is the first
	// version).
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RegistryId added in v1.35.32 

type RegistryId struct {

	// Arn of the registry to be updated. One of RegistryArn or RegistryName has
	// to be provided.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the registry. Used only for lookup. One of RegistryArn or RegistryName
	// has to be provided.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

func (RegistryId) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegistryId) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RegistryId) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryId) SetRegistryArn(v string) *RegistryId

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*RegistryId) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryId) SetRegistryName(v string) *RegistryId

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (RegistryId) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegistryId) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RegistryId) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryId) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RegistryListItem added in v1.35.32 

type RegistryListItem struct {

	// The data the registry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`

	// The date the registry was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing the details for a registry.

func (RegistryListItem) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegistryListItem) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RegistryListItem) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*RegistryListItem) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetDescription(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*RegistryListItem) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetRegistryArn(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*RegistryListItem) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetRegistryName(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*RegistryListItem) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetStatus(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*RegistryListItem) SetUpdatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RegistryListItem) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *RegistryListItem

SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.

func (RegistryListItem) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RegistryListItem) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v1.35.32 

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// The value of the metadata key.
	//
	// MetadataKeyValue is a required field
	MetadataKeyValue *MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue(v *MetadataKeyValuePair) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetMetadataKeyValue sets the MetadataKeyValue field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v1.35.32 

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version ID for the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetJobBookmarkInput 

type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct {

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetJobBookmarkInput) GoString 

func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName 

func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId added in v1.21.6 

func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (ResetJobBookmarkInput) String 

func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate 

func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResetJobBookmarkOutput 

type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct {

	// The reset bookmark entry.
	JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString 

func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry 

func (s *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *ResetJobBookmarkOutput

SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value.

func (ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String 

func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResourceNumberLimitExceededException added in v1.28.0 

type ResourceNumberLimitExceededException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A resource numerical limit was exceeded.

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Error() string

func (ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResourceUri 

type ResourceUri struct {

	// The type of the resource.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`

	// The URI for accessing the resource.
	Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The URIs for function resources.

func (ResourceUri) GoString 

func (s ResourceUri) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResourceUri) SetResourceType 

func (s *ResourceUri) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceUri

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*ResourceUri) SetUri 

func (s *ResourceUri) SetUri(v string) *ResourceUri

SetUri sets the Uri field's value.

func (ResourceUri) String 

func (s ResourceUri) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResourceUri) Validate 

func (s *ResourceUri) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResumeWorkflowRunInput added in v1.33.13 

type ResumeWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to resume.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes you want to restart. The nodes that
	// are to be restarted must have a run attempt in the original run.
	//
	// NodeIds is a required field
	NodeIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run to resume.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResumeWorkflowRunInput) GoString added in v1.33.13 

func (s ResumeWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetName added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetNodeIds added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetNodeIds(v []*string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput

SetNodeIds sets the NodeIds field's value.

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (ResumeWorkflowRunInput) String added in v1.33.13 

func (s ResumeWorkflowRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunInput) Validate added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResumeWorkflowRunOutput added in v1.33.13 

type ResumeWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes that were actually restarted.
	NodeIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The new ID assigned to the resumed workflow run. Each resume of a workflow
	// run will have a new run ID.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) GoString added in v1.33.13 

func (s ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetNodeIds added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetNodeIds(v []*string) *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput

SetNodeIds sets the NodeIds field's value.

func (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId added in v1.33.13 

func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) String added in v1.33.13 

func (s ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type S3Encryption added in v1.15.21 

type S3Encryption struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The encryption mode to use for Amazon S3 data.
	S3EncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"S3EncryptionMode"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies how Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data should be encrypted.

func (S3Encryption) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s S3Encryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*S3Encryption) SetKmsKeyArn added in v1.15.21 

func (s *S3Encryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *S3Encryption

SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.

func (*S3Encryption) SetS3EncryptionMode added in v1.15.21 

func (s *S3Encryption) SetS3EncryptionMode(v string) *S3Encryption

SetS3EncryptionMode sets the S3EncryptionMode field's value.

func (S3Encryption) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s S3Encryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type S3Target 

type S3Target struct {

	// The name of a connection which allows a job or crawler to access data in
	// Amazon S3 within an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC).
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
	// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
	Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The path to the Amazon S3 target.
	Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Sets the number of files in each leaf folder to be crawled when crawling
	// sample files in a dataset. If not set, all the files are crawled. A valid
	// value is an integer between 1 and 249.
	SampleSize *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a data store in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3).

func (S3Target) GoString 

func (s S3Target) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*S3Target) SetConnectionName added in v1.34.0 

func (s *S3Target) SetConnectionName(v string) *S3Target

SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.

func (*S3Target) SetExclusions 

func (s *S3Target) SetExclusions(v []*string) *S3Target

SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.

func (*S3Target) SetPath 

func (s *S3Target) SetPath(v string) *S3Target

SetPath sets the Path field's value.

func (*S3Target) SetSampleSize added in v1.38.56 

func (s *S3Target) SetSampleSize(v int64) *S3Target

SetSampleSize sets the SampleSize field's value.

func (S3Target) String 

func (s S3Target) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Schedule 

type Schedule struct {

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"`

	// The state of the schedule.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduleState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A scheduling object using a cron statement to schedule an event.

func (Schedule) GoString 

func (s Schedule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Schedule) SetScheduleExpression 

func (s *Schedule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *Schedule

SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.

func (*Schedule) SetState 

func (s *Schedule) SetState(v string) *Schedule

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (Schedule) String 

func (s Schedule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchedulerNotRunningException added in v1.28.0 

type SchedulerNotRunningException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The specified scheduler is not running.

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Error() string

func (SchedulerNotRunningException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerNotRunningException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*SchedulerNotRunningException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (SchedulerNotRunningException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerNotRunningException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchedulerRunningException added in v1.28.0 

type SchedulerRunningException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The specified scheduler is already running.

func (*SchedulerRunningException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*SchedulerRunningException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Error() string

func (SchedulerRunningException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerRunningException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchedulerRunningException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*SchedulerRunningException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*SchedulerRunningException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*SchedulerRunningException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (SchedulerRunningException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerRunningException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchedulerTransitioningException added in v1.28.0 

type SchedulerTransitioningException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The specified scheduler is transitioning.

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Error() string

func (SchedulerTransitioningException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerTransitioningException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*SchedulerTransitioningException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (SchedulerTransitioningException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s SchedulerTransitioningException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchemaChangePolicy 

type SchemaChangePolicy struct {

	// The deletion behavior when the crawler finds a deleted object.
	DeleteBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteBehavior"`

	// The update behavior when the crawler finds a changed schema.
	UpdateBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A policy that specifies update and deletion behaviors for the crawler.

func (SchemaChangePolicy) GoString 

func (s SchemaChangePolicy) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaChangePolicy) SetDeleteBehavior 

func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetDeleteBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy

SetDeleteBehavior sets the DeleteBehavior field's value.

func (*SchemaChangePolicy) SetUpdateBehavior 

func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetUpdateBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy

SetUpdateBehavior sets the UpdateBehavior field's value.

func (SchemaChangePolicy) String 

func (s SchemaChangePolicy) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchemaColumn added in v1.22.2 

type SchemaColumn struct {

	// The type of data in the column.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the column.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A key-value pair representing a column and data type that this transform can run against. The Schema parameter of the MLTransform may contain up to 100 of these structures.

func (SchemaColumn) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s SchemaColumn) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaColumn) SetDataType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SchemaColumn) SetDataType(v string) *SchemaColumn

SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.

func (*SchemaColumn) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SchemaColumn) SetName(v string) *SchemaColumn

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (SchemaColumn) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s SchemaColumn) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SchemaColumn) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SchemaColumn) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SchemaId added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaId struct {

	// The name of the schema registry that contains the schema.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The unique ID of the schema in the AWS Glue schema registry.

func (SchemaId) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaId) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaId) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaId) SetRegistryName(v string) *SchemaId

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*SchemaId) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaId) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaId

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*SchemaId) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaId) SetSchemaName(v string) *SchemaId

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (SchemaId) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaId) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SchemaId) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaId) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SchemaListItem added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaListItem struct {

	// The date and time that a schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description for the schema.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// the name of the registry where the schema resides.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The date and time that a schema was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object that contains minimal details for a schema.

func (SchemaListItem) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaListItem) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaListItem) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetDescription(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetRegistryName(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaName(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetSchemaStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.

func (*SchemaListItem) SetUpdatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaListItem) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *SchemaListItem

SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.

func (SchemaListItem) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaListItem) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchemaReference added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaReference struct {

	// A structure that contains schema identity fields. Either this or the SchemaVersionId
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique ID assigned to a version of the schema. Either this or the SchemaId
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object that references a schema stored in the AWS Glue Schema Registry.

func (SchemaReference) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaReference) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaReference) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *SchemaReference

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *SchemaReference

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaReference

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (SchemaReference) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaReference) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SchemaReference) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaReference) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SchemaVersionErrorItem added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaVersionErrorItem struct {

	// The details of the error for the schema version.
	ErrorDetails *ErrorDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object that contains the error details for an operation on a schema version.

func (SchemaVersionErrorItem) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionErrorItem) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetErrorDetails added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetErrorDetails(v *ErrorDetails) *SchemaVersionErrorItem

SetErrorDetails sets the ErrorDetails field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionErrorItem

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (SchemaVersionErrorItem) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionErrorItem) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchemaVersionListItem added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaVersionListItem struct {

	// The date and time the schema version was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object containing the details about a schema version.

func (SchemaVersionListItem) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionListItem) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaVersionListItem) SetCreatedTime added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem

SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaVersionId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem

SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionListItem) SetStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetStatus(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionListItem) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionListItem

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (SchemaVersionListItem) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionListItem) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

type SchemaVersionNumber struct {

	// The latest version available for the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure containing the schema version information.

func (SchemaVersionNumber) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionNumber) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SchemaVersionNumber) SetLatestVersion added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *SchemaVersionNumber

SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.

func (*SchemaVersionNumber) SetVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionNumber

SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.

func (SchemaVersionNumber) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s SchemaVersionNumber) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SchemaVersionNumber) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SearchTablesInput added in v1.22.2 

type SearchTablesInput struct {

	// A unique identifier, consisting of account_id .
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of key-value pairs, and a comparator used to filter the search results.
	// Returns all entities matching the predicate.
	//
	// The Comparator member of the PropertyPredicate struct is used only for time
	// fields, and can be omitted for other field types. Also, when comparing string
	// values, such as when Key=Name, a fuzzy match algorithm is used. The Key field
	// (for example, the value of the Name field) is split on certain punctuation
	// characters, for example, -, :, #, etc. into tokens. Then each token is exact-match
	// compared with the Value member of PropertyPredicate. For example, if Key=Name
	// and Value=link, tables named customer-link and xx-link-yy are returned, but
	// xxlinkyy is not returned.
	Filters []*PropertyPredicate `type:"list"`

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Allows you to specify that you want to search the tables shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL.
	//
	//    * If set to FOREIGN, will search the tables shared with your account.
	//
	//    * If set to ALL, will search the tables shared with your account, as well
	//    as the tables in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareType"`

	// A string used for a text search.
	//
	// Specifying a value in quotes filters based on an exact match to the value.
	SearchText *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of criteria for sorting the results by a field name, in an ascending
	// or descending order.
	SortCriteria []*SortCriterion `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (SearchTablesInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s SearchTablesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *SearchTablesInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetFilters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetFilters(v []*PropertyPredicate) *SearchTablesInput

SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *SearchTablesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *SearchTablesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetResourceShareType added in v1.33.3 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetResourceShareType(v string) *SearchTablesInput

SetResourceShareType sets the ResourceShareType field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetSearchText added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetSearchText(v string) *SearchTablesInput

SetSearchText sets the SearchText field's value.

func (*SearchTablesInput) SetSortCriteria added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetSortCriteria(v []*SortCriterion) *SearchTablesInput

SetSortCriteria sets the SortCriteria field's value.

func (SearchTablesInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s SearchTablesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SearchTablesInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SearchTablesOutput added in v1.22.2 

type SearchTablesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the requested Table objects. The SearchTables response returns
	// only the tables that you have access to.
	TableList []*TableData `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (SearchTablesOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s SearchTablesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SearchTablesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *SearchTablesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*SearchTablesOutput) SetTableList added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SearchTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*TableData) *SearchTablesOutput

SetTableList sets the TableList field's value.

func (SearchTablesOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s SearchTablesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

type SecurityConfiguration struct {

	// The time at which this security configuration was created.
	CreatedTimeStamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The encryption configuration associated with this security configuration.
	EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a security configuration.

func (SecurityConfiguration) GoString added in v1.15.21 

func (s SecurityConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SecurityConfiguration) SetCreatedTimeStamp added in v1.15.21 

func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetCreatedTimeStamp(v time.Time) *SecurityConfiguration

SetCreatedTimeStamp sets the CreatedTimeStamp field's value.

func (*SecurityConfiguration) SetEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *SecurityConfiguration

SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.

func (*SecurityConfiguration) SetName added in v1.15.21 

func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetName(v string) *SecurityConfiguration

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (SecurityConfiguration) String added in v1.15.21 

func (s SecurityConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Segment 

type Segment struct {

	// The zero-based index number of the segment. For example, if the total number
	// of segments is 4, SegmentNumber values range from 0 through 3.
	//
	// SegmentNumber is a required field
	SegmentNumber *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The total number of segments.
	//
	// TotalSegments is a required field
	TotalSegments *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a non-overlapping region of a table's partitions, allowing multiple requests to be executed in parallel.

func (Segment) GoString 

func (s Segment) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Segment) SetSegmentNumber 

func (s *Segment) SetSegmentNumber(v int64) *Segment

SetSegmentNumber sets the SegmentNumber field's value.

func (*Segment) SetTotalSegments 

func (s *Segment) SetTotalSegments(v int64) *Segment

SetTotalSegments sets the TotalSegments field's value.

func (Segment) String 

func (s Segment) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Segment) Validate 

func (s *Segment) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SerDeInfo 

type SerDeInfo struct {

	// Name of the SerDe.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define initialization parameters for the SerDe.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Usually the class that implements the SerDe. An example is org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.columnar.ColumnarSerDe.
	SerializationLibrary *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a serialization/deserialization program (SerDe) that serves as an extractor and loader.

func (SerDeInfo) GoString 

func (s SerDeInfo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SerDeInfo) SetName 

func (s *SerDeInfo) SetName(v string) *SerDeInfo

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*SerDeInfo) SetParameters 

func (s *SerDeInfo) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *SerDeInfo

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*SerDeInfo) SetSerializationLibrary 

func (s *SerDeInfo) SetSerializationLibrary(v string) *SerDeInfo

SetSerializationLibrary sets the SerializationLibrary field's value.

func (SerDeInfo) String 

func (s SerDeInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SerDeInfo) Validate 

func (s *SerDeInfo) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SkewedInfo 

type SkewedInfo struct {

	// A list of names of columns that contain skewed values.
	SkewedColumnNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A mapping of skewed values to the columns that contain them.
	SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of values that appear so frequently as to be considered skewed.
	SkewedColumnValues []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies skewed values in a table. Skewed values are those that occur with very high frequency.

func (SkewedInfo) GoString 

func (s SkewedInfo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnNames 

func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnNames(v []*string) *SkewedInfo

SetSkewedColumnNames sets the SkewedColumnNames field's value.

func (*SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps 

func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps(v map[string]*string) *SkewedInfo

SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps sets the SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps field's value.

func (*SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValues 

func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValues(v []*string) *SkewedInfo

SetSkewedColumnValues sets the SkewedColumnValues field's value.

func (SkewedInfo) String 

func (s SkewedInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SortCriterion added in v1.22.2 

type SortCriterion struct {

	// The name of the field on which to sort.
	FieldName *string `type:"string"`

	// An ascending or descending sort.
	Sort *string `type:"string" enum:"Sort"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a field to sort by and a sort order.

func (SortCriterion) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s SortCriterion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SortCriterion) SetFieldName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SortCriterion) SetFieldName(v string) *SortCriterion

SetFieldName sets the FieldName field's value.

func (*SortCriterion) SetSort added in v1.22.2 

func (s *SortCriterion) SetSort(v string) *SortCriterion

SetSort sets the Sort field's value.

func (SortCriterion) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s SortCriterion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartCrawlerInput 

type StartCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s StartCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *StartCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StartCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StartCrawlerInput) String 

func (s StartCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *StartCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartCrawlerOutput 

type StartCrawlerOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s StartCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (StartCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s StartCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartCrawlerScheduleInput 

type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to schedule.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString 

func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName 

func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StartCrawlerScheduleInput

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String 

func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate 

func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString 

func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String 

func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon S3 path where you export the labels.
	//
	// OutputS3Path is a required field
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput

SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.

func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you import
	// the labels.
	//
	// InputS3Path is a required field
	InputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.
	ReplaceAllLabels *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetInputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetInputS3Path(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput

SetInputS3Path sets the InputS3Path field's value.

func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetReplaceAllLabels added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetReplaceAllLabels(v bool) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput

SetReplaceAllLabels sets the ReplaceAllLabels field's value.

func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartJobRunInput 

type StartJobRunInput struct {

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun.
	// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The job arguments specifically for this run. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name of the job definition to use.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of a previous JobRun to retry.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"),
	//    you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job
	//    type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job
	// run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartJobRunInput) GoString 

func (s StartJobRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetAllocatedCapacity 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *StartJobRunInput

SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetArguments 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *StartJobRunInput

SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetJobName 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *StartJobRunInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetJobRunId 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunInput

SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.16.22 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *StartJobRunInput

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetNotificationProperty added in v1.13.56 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *StartJobRunInput

SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.19.11 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *StartJobRunInput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *StartJobRunInput

SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetTimeout added in v1.13.32 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *StartJobRunInput

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*StartJobRunInput) SetWorkerType added in v1.19.11 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *StartJobRunInput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (StartJobRunInput) String 

func (s StartJobRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartJobRunInput) Validate 

func (s *StartJobRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartJobRunOutput 

type StartJobRunOutput struct {

	// The ID assigned to this job run.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartJobRunOutput) GoString 

func (s StartJobRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartJobRunOutput) SetJobRunId 

func (s *StartJobRunOutput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunOutput

SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.

func (StartJobRunOutput) String 

func (s StartJobRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput added in v1.22.2 

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you generate the
	// labeling set.
	//
	// OutputS3Path is a required field
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput

SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.

func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput added in v1.22.2 

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique run identifier that is associated with this task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartTriggerInput 

type StartTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s StartTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *StartTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StartTriggerInput) String 

func (s StartTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *StartTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartTriggerOutput 

type StartTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was started.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s StartTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartTriggerOutput) SetName 

func (s *StartTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StartTriggerOutput) String 

func (s StartTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartWorkflowRunInput added in v1.20.5 

type StartWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartWorkflowRunInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s StartWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartWorkflowRunInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *StartWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *StartWorkflowRunInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StartWorkflowRunInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s StartWorkflowRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartWorkflowRunInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *StartWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartWorkflowRunOutput added in v1.20.5 

type StartWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// An Id for the new run.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartWorkflowRunOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s StartWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *StartWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId(v string) *StartWorkflowRunOutput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (StartWorkflowRunOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s StartWorkflowRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopCrawlerInput 

type StopCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s StopCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *StopCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StopCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StopCrawlerInput) String 

func (s StopCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *StopCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopCrawlerOutput 

type StopCrawlerOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s StopCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (StopCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s StopCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopCrawlerScheduleInput 

type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString 

func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName 

func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StopCrawlerScheduleInput

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String 

func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate 

func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString 

func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String 

func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopTriggerInput 

type StopTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s StopTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *StopTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StopTriggerInput) String 

func (s StopTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *StopTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopTriggerOutput 

type StopTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was stopped.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s StopTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopTriggerOutput) SetName 

func (s *StopTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (StopTriggerOutput) String 

func (s StopTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopWorkflowRunInput added in v1.30.29 

type StopWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run to stop.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopWorkflowRunInput) GoString added in v1.30.29 

func (s StopWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopWorkflowRunInput) SetName added in v1.30.29 

func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *StopWorkflowRunInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*StopWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId added in v1.30.29 

func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *StopWorkflowRunInput

SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.

func (StopWorkflowRunInput) String added in v1.30.29 

func (s StopWorkflowRunInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopWorkflowRunInput) Validate added in v1.30.29 

func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopWorkflowRunOutput added in v1.30.29 

type StopWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopWorkflowRunOutput) GoString added in v1.30.29 

func (s StopWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (StopWorkflowRunOutput) String added in v1.30.29 

func (s StopWorkflowRunOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StorageDescriptor 

type StorageDescriptor struct {

	// A list of reducer grouping columns, clustering columns, and bucketing columns
	// in the table.
	BucketColumns []*string `type:"list"`

	// A list of the Columns in the table.
	Columns []*Column `type:"list"`

	// True if the data in the table is compressed, or False if not.
	Compressed *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The input format: SequenceFileInputFormat (binary), or TextInputFormat, or
	// a custom format.
	InputFormat *string `type:"string"`

	// The physical location of the table. By default, this takes the form of the
	// warehouse location, followed by the database location in the warehouse, followed
	// by the table name.
	Location *string `type:"string"`

	// Must be specified if the table contains any dimension columns.
	NumberOfBuckets *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The output format: SequenceFileOutputFormat (binary), or IgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat,
	// or a custom format.
	OutputFormat *string `type:"string"`

	// The user-supplied properties in key-value form.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// An object that references a schema stored in the AWS Glue Schema Registry.
	//
	// When creating a table, you can pass an empty list of columns for the schema,
	// and instead use a schema reference.
	SchemaReference *SchemaReference `type:"structure"`

	// The serialization/deserialization (SerDe) information.
	SerdeInfo *SerDeInfo `type:"structure"`

	// The information about values that appear frequently in a column (skewed values).
	SkewedInfo *SkewedInfo `type:"structure"`

	// A list specifying the sort order of each bucket in the table.
	SortColumns []*Order `type:"list"`

	// True if the table data is stored in subdirectories, or False if not.
	StoredAsSubDirectories *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the physical storage of table data.

func (StorageDescriptor) GoString 

func (s StorageDescriptor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetBucketColumns 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetBucketColumns(v []*string) *StorageDescriptor

SetBucketColumns sets the BucketColumns field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetColumns 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetColumns(v []*Column) *StorageDescriptor

SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetCompressed 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetCompressed(v bool) *StorageDescriptor

SetCompressed sets the Compressed field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetInputFormat 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetInputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor

SetInputFormat sets the InputFormat field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetLocation 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetLocation(v string) *StorageDescriptor

SetLocation sets the Location field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetNumberOfBuckets 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetNumberOfBuckets(v int64) *StorageDescriptor

SetNumberOfBuckets sets the NumberOfBuckets field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetOutputFormat 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetOutputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor

SetOutputFormat sets the OutputFormat field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetParameters 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *StorageDescriptor

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetSchemaReference added in v1.35.32 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSchemaReference(v *SchemaReference) *StorageDescriptor

SetSchemaReference sets the SchemaReference field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetSerdeInfo 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSerdeInfo(v *SerDeInfo) *StorageDescriptor

SetSerdeInfo sets the SerdeInfo field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetSkewedInfo 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSkewedInfo(v *SkewedInfo) *StorageDescriptor

SetSkewedInfo sets the SkewedInfo field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetSortColumns 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSortColumns(v []*Order) *StorageDescriptor

SetSortColumns sets the SortColumns field's value.

func (*StorageDescriptor) SetStoredAsSubDirectories 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetStoredAsSubDirectories(v bool) *StorageDescriptor

SetStoredAsSubDirectories sets the StoredAsSubDirectories field's value.

func (StorageDescriptor) String 

func (s StorageDescriptor) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StorageDescriptor) Validate 

func (s *StorageDescriptor) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StringColumnStatisticsData added in v1.32.10 

type StringColumnStatisticsData struct {

	// The average string length in the column.
	//
	// AverageLength is a required field
	AverageLength *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`

	// The size of the longest string in the column.
	//
	// MaximumLength is a required field
	MaximumLength *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines column statistics supported for character sequence data values.

func (StringColumnStatisticsData) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s StringColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StringColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength added in v1.32.10 

func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength(v float64) *StringColumnStatisticsData

SetAverageLength sets the AverageLength field's value.

func (*StringColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength added in v1.32.10 

func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData

SetMaximumLength sets the MaximumLength field's value.

func (*StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.

func (*StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls added in v1.32.10 

func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData

SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.

func (StringColumnStatisticsData) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s StringColumnStatisticsData) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StringColumnStatisticsData) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Table 

type Table struct {

	// A unique identifier for the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the connection to the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A database name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A table name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The database and table in the AWS Glue Data Catalog that is used for input or output data.

func (Table) GoString 

func (s Table) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Table) SetCatalogId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Table) SetCatalogId(v string) *Table

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*Table) SetConnectionName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Table) SetConnectionName(v string) *Table

SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.

func (*Table) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *Table) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Table

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*Table) SetTableName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Table) SetTableName(v string) *Table

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (Table) String 

func (s Table) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Table) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *Table) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TableData added in v1.23.0 

type TableData struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time when the table definition was created in the Data Catalog.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The person or entity who created the table.
	CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database where the table metadata resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this must be all lowercase.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A description of the table.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the table has been registered with AWS Lake Formation.
	IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The last time that the table was accessed. This is usually taken from HDFS,
	// and might not be reliable.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that column statistics were computed for this table.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The table name. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The owner of the table.
	Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
	// are supported as partition keys.
	//
	// When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any
	// partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty
	// list. For example:
	//
	// "PartitionKeys": []
	PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`

	// The retention time for this table.
	Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
	// this table.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
	TableType *string `type:"string"`

	// A TableIdentifier structure that describes a target table for resource linking.
	TargetTable *TableIdentifier `type:"structure"`

	// The last time that the table was updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`

	// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents a collection of related data organized in columns and rows.

func (TableData) GoString added in v1.23.0 

func (s TableData) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableData) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableData) SetCatalogId(v string) *TableData

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*TableData) SetCreateTime added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *TableData

SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.

func (*TableData) SetCreatedBy added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetCreatedBy(v string) *TableData

SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.

func (*TableData) SetDatabaseName added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetDatabaseName(v string) *TableData

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*TableData) SetDescription added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetDescription(v string) *TableData

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*TableData) SetIsRegisteredWithLakeFormation added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetIsRegisteredWithLakeFormation(v bool) *TableData

SetIsRegisteredWithLakeFormation sets the IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation field's value.

func (*TableData) SetLastAccessTime added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableData

SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.

func (*TableData) SetLastAnalyzedTime added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableData

SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.

func (*TableData) SetName added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetName(v string) *TableData

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*TableData) SetOwner added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetOwner(v string) *TableData

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*TableData) SetParameters added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableData

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*TableData) SetPartitionKeys added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableData

SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.

func (*TableData) SetRetention added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetRetention(v int64) *TableData

SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.

func (*TableData) SetStorageDescriptor added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableData

SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.

func (*TableData) SetTableType added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetTableType(v string) *TableData

SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.

func (*TableData) SetTargetTable added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableData) SetTargetTable(v *TableIdentifier) *TableData

SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.

func (*TableData) SetUpdateTime added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *TableData

SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.

func (*TableData) SetViewExpandedText added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableData

SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.

func (*TableData) SetViewOriginalText added in v1.23.0 

func (s *TableData) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableData

SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.

func (TableData) String added in v1.23.0 

func (s TableData) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableError 

type TableError struct {

	// The details about the error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An error record for table operations.

func (TableError) GoString 

func (s TableError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableError) SetErrorDetail 

func (s *TableError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableError

SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.

func (*TableError) SetTableName 

func (s *TableError) SetTableName(v string) *TableError

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (TableError) String 

func (s TableError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableIdentifier added in v1.33.3 

type TableIdentifier struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database that contains the target table.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the target table.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure that describes a target table for resource linking.

func (TableIdentifier) GoString added in v1.33.3 

func (s TableIdentifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableIdentifier) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableIdentifier) SetCatalogId(v string) *TableIdentifier

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*TableIdentifier) SetDatabaseName added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableIdentifier) SetDatabaseName(v string) *TableIdentifier

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*TableIdentifier) SetName added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableIdentifier) SetName(v string) *TableIdentifier

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (TableIdentifier) String added in v1.33.3 

func (s TableIdentifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TableIdentifier) Validate added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableIdentifier) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TableInput 

type TableInput struct {

	// A description of the table.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time that the table was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that column statistics were computed for this table.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The table name. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase when
	// it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The table owner.
	Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
	// are supported as partition keys.
	//
	// When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any
	// partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty
	// list. For example:
	//
	// "PartitionKeys": []
	PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`

	// The retention time for this table.
	Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
	// this table.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
	TableType *string `type:"string"`

	// A TableIdentifier structure that describes a target table for resource linking.
	TargetTable *TableIdentifier `type:"structure"`

	// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`

	// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure used to define a table.

func (TableInput) GoString 

func (s TableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableInput) SetDescription 

func (s *TableInput) SetDescription(v string) *TableInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetLastAccessTime 

func (s *TableInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableInput

SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime 

func (s *TableInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableInput

SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetName 

func (s *TableInput) SetName(v string) *TableInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetOwner 

func (s *TableInput) SetOwner(v string) *TableInput

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetParameters 

func (s *TableInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetPartitionKeys 

func (s *TableInput) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableInput

SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetRetention 

func (s *TableInput) SetRetention(v int64) *TableInput

SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetStorageDescriptor 

func (s *TableInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableInput

SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetTableType 

func (s *TableInput) SetTableType(v string) *TableInput

SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetTargetTable added in v1.33.3 

func (s *TableInput) SetTargetTable(v *TableIdentifier) *TableInput

SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetViewExpandedText 

func (s *TableInput) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableInput

SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.

func (*TableInput) SetViewOriginalText 

func (s *TableInput) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableInput

SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.

func (TableInput) String 

func (s TableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TableInput) Validate 

func (s *TableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TableVersion 

type TableVersion struct {

	// The table in question.
	Table *TableData `type:"structure"`

	// The ID value that identifies this table version. A VersionId is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a version of a table.

func (TableVersion) GoString 

func (s TableVersion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableVersion) SetTable 

func (s *TableVersion) SetTable(v *TableData) *TableVersion

SetTable sets the Table field's value.

func (*TableVersion) SetVersionId 

func (s *TableVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersion

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (TableVersion) String 

func (s TableVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableVersionError added in v1.12.66 

type TableVersionError struct {

	// The details about the error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the table in question.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID value of the version in question. A VersionID is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An error record for table-version operations.

func (TableVersionError) GoString added in v1.12.66 

func (s TableVersionError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableVersionError) SetErrorDetail added in v1.12.66 

func (s *TableVersionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableVersionError

SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.

func (*TableVersionError) SetTableName added in v1.12.66 

func (s *TableVersionError) SetTableName(v string) *TableVersionError

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (*TableVersionError) SetVersionId added in v1.12.66 

func (s *TableVersionError) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersionError

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (TableVersionError) String added in v1.12.66 

func (s TableVersionError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TagResourceInput added in v1.17.4 

type TagResourceInput struct {

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource to which to add the tags. For more information
	// about AWS Glue resource ARNs, see the AWS Glue ARN string pattern (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id).
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to add to this resource.
	//
	// TagsToAdd is a required field
	TagsToAdd map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TagResourceInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TagResourceInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.17.4 

func (s *TagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagResourceInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (*TagResourceInput) SetTagsToAdd added in v1.17.4 

func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTagsToAdd(v map[string]*string) *TagResourceInput

SetTagsToAdd sets the TagsToAdd field's value.

func (TagResourceInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s TagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TagResourceInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TagResourceOutput added in v1.17.4 

type TagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TagResourceOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (TagResourceOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaskRun added in v1.22.2 

type TaskRun struct {

	// The last point in time that the requested task run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The list of error strings associated with this task run.
	ErrorString *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The last point in time that the requested task run was updated.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The names of the log group for secure logging, associated with this task
	// run.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies configuration properties associated with this task run.
	Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time that this task run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The current status of the requested task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique identifier for this task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier for the transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The sampling parameters that are associated with the machine learning transform.

func (TaskRun) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRun) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TaskRun) SetCompletedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun

SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetErrorString added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetErrorString(v string) *TaskRun

SetErrorString sets the ErrorString field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetExecutionTime added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *TaskRun

SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetLastModifiedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetLogGroupName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetLogGroupName(v string) *TaskRun

SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetProperties(v *TaskRunProperties) *TaskRun

SetProperties sets the Properties field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetStartedOn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun

SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetStatus(v string) *TaskRun

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetTaskRunId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetTaskRunId(v string) *TaskRun

SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.

func (*TaskRun) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRun) SetTransformId(v string) *TaskRun

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (TaskRun) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRun) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaskRunFilterCriteria added in v1.22.2 

type TaskRunFilterCriteria struct {

	// Filter on task runs started after this date.
	StartedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Filter on task runs started before this date.
	StartedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The current status of the task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The type of task run.
	TaskRunType *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The criteria that are used to filter the task runs for the machine learning transform.

func (TaskRunFilterCriteria) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunFilterCriteria) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedAfter added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedAfter(v time.Time) *TaskRunFilterCriteria

SetStartedAfter sets the StartedAfter field's value.

func (*TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedBefore added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedBefore(v time.Time) *TaskRunFilterCriteria

SetStartedBefore sets the StartedBefore field's value.

func (*TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStatus(v string) *TaskRunFilterCriteria

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetTaskRunType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetTaskRunType(v string) *TaskRunFilterCriteria

SetTaskRunType sets the TaskRunType field's value.

func (TaskRunFilterCriteria) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunFilterCriteria) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

type TaskRunProperties struct {

	// The configuration properties for an exporting labels task run.
	ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for a find matches task run.
	FindMatchesTaskRunProperties *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for an importing labels task run.
	ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run.
	LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The type of task run.
	TaskType *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The configuration properties for the task run.

func (TaskRunProperties) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunProperties) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TaskRunProperties) SetExportLabelsTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetExportLabelsTaskRunProperties(v *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties

SetExportLabelsTaskRunProperties sets the ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties field's value.

func (*TaskRunProperties) SetFindMatchesTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetFindMatchesTaskRunProperties(v *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties

SetFindMatchesTaskRunProperties sets the FindMatchesTaskRunProperties field's value.

func (*TaskRunProperties) SetImportLabelsTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetImportLabelsTaskRunProperties(v *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties

SetImportLabelsTaskRunProperties sets the ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties field's value.

func (*TaskRunProperties) SetLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties(v *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties

SetLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties sets the LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties field's value.

func (*TaskRunProperties) SetTaskType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetTaskType(v string) *TaskRunProperties

SetTaskType sets the TaskType field's value.

func (TaskRunProperties) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunProperties) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaskRunSortCriteria added in v1.22.2 

type TaskRunSortCriteria struct {

	// The column to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine learning
	// transform.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TaskRunSortColumnType"`

	// The sort direction to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine
	// learning transform.
	//
	// SortDirection is a required field
	SortDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SortDirectionType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The sorting criteria that are used to sort the list of task runs for the machine learning transform.

func (TaskRunSortCriteria) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunSortCriteria) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TaskRunSortCriteria) SetColumn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) SetColumn(v string) *TaskRunSortCriteria

SetColumn sets the Column field's value.

func (*TaskRunSortCriteria) SetSortDirection added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) SetSortDirection(v string) *TaskRunSortCriteria

SetSortDirection sets the SortDirection field's value.

func (TaskRunSortCriteria) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TaskRunSortCriteria) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TaskRunSortCriteria) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TransformEncryption added in v1.35.16 

type TransformEncryption struct {

	// An MLUserDataEncryption object containing the encryption mode and customer-provided
	// KMS key ID.
	MlUserDataEncryption *MLUserDataEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration.
	TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in Amazon S3 using KMS.

Additionally, imported labels and trained transforms can now be encrypted using a customer provided KMS key.

func (TransformEncryption) GoString added in v1.35.16 

func (s TransformEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransformEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryption added in v1.35.16 

func (s *TransformEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryption(v *MLUserDataEncryption) *TransformEncryption

SetMlUserDataEncryption sets the MlUserDataEncryption field's value.

func (*TransformEncryption) SetTaskRunSecurityConfigurationName added in v1.35.16 

func (s *TransformEncryption) SetTaskRunSecurityConfigurationName(v string) *TransformEncryption

SetTaskRunSecurityConfigurationName sets the TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName field's value.

func (TransformEncryption) String added in v1.35.16 

func (s TransformEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TransformEncryption) Validate added in v1.35.16 

func (s *TransformEncryption) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TransformFilterCriteria added in v1.22.2 

type TransformFilterCriteria struct {

	// The time and date after which the transforms were created.
	CreatedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time and date before which the transforms were created.
	CreatedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Filter on transforms last modified after this date.
	LastModifiedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Filter on transforms last modified before this date.
	LastModifiedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A unique transform name that is used to filter the machine learning transforms.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Filters on datasets with a specific schema. The Map<Column, Type> object
	// is an array of key-value pairs representing the schema this transform accepts,
	// where Column is the name of a column, and Type is the type of the data such
	// as an integer or string. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// Filters the list of machine learning transforms by the last known status
	// of the transforms (to indicate whether a transform can be used or not). One
	// of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING".
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The type of machine learning transform that is used to filter the machine
	// learning transforms.
	TransformType *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The criteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.

func (TransformFilterCriteria) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformFilterCriteria) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedAfter added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedAfter(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetCreatedAfter sets the CreatedAfter field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedBefore added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedBefore(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetCreatedBefore sets the CreatedBefore field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetGlueVersion added in v1.25.40 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetGlueVersion(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedAfter added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedAfter(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetLastModifiedAfter sets the LastModifiedAfter field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedBefore added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedBefore(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetLastModifiedBefore sets the LastModifiedBefore field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetName(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetSchema added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetStatus added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetStatus(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) SetTransformType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetTransformType(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria

SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.

func (TransformFilterCriteria) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformFilterCriteria) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TransformFilterCriteria) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TransformParameters added in v1.22.2 

type TransformParameters struct {

	// The parameters for the find matches algorithm.
	FindMatchesParameters *FindMatchesParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The type of machine learning transform.
	//
	// For information about the types of machine learning transforms, see Creating
	// Machine Learning Transforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job-machine-learning-transform.html).
	//
	// TransformType is a required field
	TransformType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The algorithm-specific parameters that are associated with the machine learning transform.

func (TransformParameters) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformParameters) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransformParameters) SetFindMatchesParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformParameters) SetFindMatchesParameters(v *FindMatchesParameters) *TransformParameters

SetFindMatchesParameters sets the FindMatchesParameters field's value.

func (*TransformParameters) SetTransformType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformParameters) SetTransformType(v string) *TransformParameters

SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.

func (TransformParameters) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TransformParameters) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformParameters) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TransformSortCriteria added in v1.22.2 

type TransformSortCriteria struct {

	// The column to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated with the
	// machine learning transform.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformSortColumnType"`

	// The sort direction to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated
	// with the machine learning transform.
	//
	// SortDirection is a required field
	SortDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SortDirectionType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The sorting criteria that are associated with the machine learning transform.

func (TransformSortCriteria) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformSortCriteria) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransformSortCriteria) SetColumn added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformSortCriteria) SetColumn(v string) *TransformSortCriteria

SetColumn sets the Column field's value.

func (*TransformSortCriteria) SetSortDirection added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformSortCriteria) SetSortDirection(v string) *TransformSortCriteria

SetSortDirection sets the SortDirection field's value.

func (TransformSortCriteria) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s TransformSortCriteria) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TransformSortCriteria) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *TransformSortCriteria) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Trigger 

type Trigger struct {

	// The actions initiated by this trigger.
	Actions []*Action `type:"list"`

	// A description of this trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Reserved for future use.
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The current state of the trigger.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerState"`

	// The type of trigger that this is.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerType"`

	// The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.
	WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a specific trigger.

func (Trigger) GoString 

func (s Trigger) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Trigger) SetActions 

func (s *Trigger) SetActions(v []*Action) *Trigger

SetActions sets the Actions field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetDescription 

func (s *Trigger) SetDescription(v string) *Trigger

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetId 

func (s *Trigger) SetId(v string) *Trigger

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetName 

func (s *Trigger) SetName(v string) *Trigger

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetPredicate 

func (s *Trigger) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *Trigger

SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetSchedule 

func (s *Trigger) SetSchedule(v string) *Trigger

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetState 

func (s *Trigger) SetState(v string) *Trigger

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetType 

func (s *Trigger) SetType(v string) *Trigger

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*Trigger) SetWorkflowName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Trigger) SetWorkflowName(v string) *Trigger

SetWorkflowName sets the WorkflowName field's value.

func (Trigger) String 

func (s Trigger) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TriggerNodeDetails added in v1.20.5 

type TriggerNodeDetails struct {

	// The information of the trigger represented by the trigger node.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The details of a Trigger node present in the workflow.

func (TriggerNodeDetails) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s TriggerNodeDetails) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TriggerNodeDetails) SetTrigger added in v1.20.5 

func (s *TriggerNodeDetails) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *TriggerNodeDetails

SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.

func (TriggerNodeDetails) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s TriggerNodeDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TriggerUpdate 

type TriggerUpdate struct {

	// The actions initiated by this trigger.
	Actions []*Action `type:"list"`

	// A description of this trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Reserved for future use.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure used to provide information used to update a trigger. This object updates the previous trigger definition by overwriting it completely.

func (TriggerUpdate) GoString 

func (s TriggerUpdate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TriggerUpdate) SetActions 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetActions(v []*Action) *TriggerUpdate

SetActions sets the Actions field's value.

func (*TriggerUpdate) SetDescription 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *TriggerUpdate

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*TriggerUpdate) SetName 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetName(v string) *TriggerUpdate

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*TriggerUpdate) SetPredicate 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *TriggerUpdate

SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.

func (*TriggerUpdate) SetSchedule 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetSchedule(v string) *TriggerUpdate

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (TriggerUpdate) String 

func (s TriggerUpdate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TriggerUpdate) Validate 

func (s *TriggerUpdate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UntagResourceInput added in v1.17.4 

type UntagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove the tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to remove from this resource.
	//
	// TagsToRemove is a required field
	TagsToRemove []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UntagResourceInput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.17.4 

func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (*UntagResourceInput) SetTagsToRemove added in v1.17.4 

func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagsToRemove(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput

SetTagsToRemove sets the TagsToRemove field's value.

func (UntagResourceInput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UntagResourceInput) Validate added in v1.17.4 

func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UntagResourceOutput added in v1.17.4 

type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UntagResourceOutput) GoString added in v1.17.4 

func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UntagResourceOutput) String added in v1.17.4 

func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateClassifierInput 

type UpdateClassifierInput struct {

	// A CsvClassifier object with updated fields.
	CsvClassifier *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A GrokClassifier object with updated fields.
	GrokClassifier *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonClassifier object with updated fields.
	JsonClassifier *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// An XMLClassifier object with updated fields.
	XMLClassifier *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateClassifierInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateClassifierInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier(v *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput

SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.

func (*UpdateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier 

func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput

SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.

func (*UpdateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier added in v1.12.72 

func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput

SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.

func (*UpdateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput

SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.

func (UpdateClassifierInput) String 

func (s UpdateClassifierInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateClassifierInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateClassifierOutput 

type UpdateClassifierOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateClassifierOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateClassifierOutput) String 

func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput added in v1.32.10 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// ColumnStatisticsList is a required field
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnStatisticsList added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput added in v1.32.10 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {

	// Error occurred during updating column statistics data.
	Errors []*ColumnStatisticsError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnStatisticsError) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput added in v1.32.10 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// ColumnStatisticsList is a required field
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnStatisticsList added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput added in v1.32.10 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatisticsErrors.
	Errors []*ColumnStatisticsError `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors added in v1.32.10 

func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnStatisticsError) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String added in v1.32.10 

func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateConnectionInput 

type UpdateConnectionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question.
	//
	// ConnectionInput is a required field
	ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the connection definition to update.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateConnectionInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateConnectionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput 

func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *UpdateConnectionInput

SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.

func (*UpdateConnectionInput) SetName 

func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateConnectionInput) String 

func (s UpdateConnectionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateConnectionInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateConnectionOutput 

type UpdateConnectionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateConnectionOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateConnectionOutput) String 

func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateCrawlerInput 

type UpdateCrawlerInput struct {

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
	// a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Glue database where results are stored, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that is used by
	// the new crawler to access customer resources.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of targets to crawl.
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCrawlerInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration added in v1.15.21 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDescription 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration added in v1.35.34 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetName 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy added in v1.35.12 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRole 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTargets 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *UpdateCrawlerInput

SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.

func (UpdateCrawlerInput) String 

func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateCrawlerOutput 

type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCrawlerOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateCrawlerOutput) String 

func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput 

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler whose schedule to update.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based
	// Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput

SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.

func (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetSchedule 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String 

func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String 

func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest added in v1.19.2 

type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest struct {

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// It must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a custom CSV classifier to be updated.

func (UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.19.2 

func (s UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader(v []*string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetHeader sets the Header field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.

func (UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) String added in v1.19.2 

func (s UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.19.2 

func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateDatabaseInput 

type UpdateDatabaseInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database
	// in the catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseInput is a required field
	DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility,
	// this is folded to lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDatabaseInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput 

func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *UpdateDatabaseInput

SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.

func (*UpdateDatabaseInput) SetName 

func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateDatabaseInput) String 

func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateDatabaseOutput 

type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDatabaseOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateDatabaseOutput) String 

func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateDevEndpointInput 

type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct {

	// The map of arguments to add the map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	AddArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The list of public keys for the DevEndpoint to use.
	AddPublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint.
	CustomLibraries *DevEndpointCustomLibraries `type:"structure"`

	// The list of argument keys to be deleted from the map of arguments used to
	// configure the DevEndpoint.
	DeleteArguments []*string `type:"list"`

	// The list of public keys to be deleted from the DevEndpoint.
	DeletePublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The public key for the DevEndpoint to use.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint
	// needs to be updated, or False if otherwise.
	UpdateEtlLibraries *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDevEndpointInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddArguments added in v1.18.0 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddArguments(v map[string]*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetAddArguments sets the AddArguments field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddPublicKeys added in v1.15.1 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddPublicKeys(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetAddPublicKeys sets the AddPublicKeys field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetCustomLibraries 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetCustomLibraries(v *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetCustomLibraries sets the CustomLibraries field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeleteArguments added in v1.18.0 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeleteArguments(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetDeleteArguments sets the DeleteArguments field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeletePublicKeys added in v1.15.1 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeletePublicKeys(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetDeletePublicKeys sets the DeletePublicKeys field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetUpdateEtlLibraries added in v1.12.17 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetUpdateEtlLibraries(v bool) *UpdateDevEndpointInput

SetUpdateEtlLibraries sets the UpdateEtlLibraries field's value.

func (UpdateDevEndpointInput) String 

func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateDevEndpointOutput 

type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDevEndpointOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String 

func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest 

type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
	Classification *string `type:"string"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the GrokClassifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a grok classifier to update when passed to UpdateClassifier.

func (UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString 

func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification 

func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns 

func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest

SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.

func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern 

func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest

SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.

func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName 

func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String 

func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate 

func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateJobInput 

type UpdateJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to update.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the values with which to update the job definition.
	//
	// JobUpdate is a required field
	JobUpdate *JobUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateJobInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJobInput) SetJobName 

func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobInput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (*UpdateJobInput) SetJobUpdate 

func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobUpdate(v *JobUpdate) *UpdateJobInput

SetJobUpdate sets the JobUpdate field's value.

func (UpdateJobInput) String 

func (s UpdateJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJobInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateJobOutput 

type UpdateJobOutput struct {

	// Returns the name of the updated job definition.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateJobOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJobOutput) SetJobName 

func (s *UpdateJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobOutput

SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.

func (UpdateJobOutput) String 

func (s UpdateJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest added in v1.12.72 

type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest struct {

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	JsonPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a JSON classifier to be updated.

func (UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.12.72 

func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath added in v1.12.72 

func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest

SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.

func (*UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.12.72 

func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String added in v1.12.72 

func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.12.72 

func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateMLTransformInput added in v1.22.2 

type UpdateMLTransformInput struct {

	// A description of the transform. The default is an empty string.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name that you gave the transform when you created it.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the transform type (algorithm)
	// used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A unique identifier that was generated when the transform was created.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMLTransformInput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetDescription added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion added in v1.25.40 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetName added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetParameters added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetRole added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput

SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.

func (UpdateMLTransformInput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateMLTransformOutput added in v1.22.2 

type UpdateMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the transform that was updated.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMLTransformOutput) GoString added in v1.22.2 

func (s UpdateMLTransformOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId added in v1.22.2 

func (s *UpdateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *UpdateMLTransformOutput

SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.

func (UpdateMLTransformOutput) String added in v1.22.2 

func (s UpdateMLTransformOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePartitionInput 

type UpdatePartitionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new partition object to update the partition to.
	//
	// The Values property can't be changed. If you want to change the partition
	// key values for a partition, delete and recreate the partition.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// List of partition key values that define the partition to update.
	//
	// PartitionValueList is a required field
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table in which the partition to be updated is located.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePartitionInput) GoString 

func (s UpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *UpdatePartitionInput

SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionValueList 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *UpdatePartitionInput

SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput

SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.

func (UpdatePartitionInput) String 

func (s UpdatePartitionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePartitionInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePartitionOutput 

type UpdatePartitionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePartitionOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdatePartitionOutput) String 

func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateRegistryInput added in v1.35.32 

type UpdateRegistryInput struct {

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, this field
	// will not be updated.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateRegistryInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateRegistryInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateRegistryInput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateRegistryInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*UpdateRegistryInput) SetRegistryId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *UpdateRegistryInput

SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.

func (UpdateRegistryInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateRegistryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateRegistryInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateRegistryOutput added in v1.35.32 

type UpdateRegistryOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the updated registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the updated registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateRegistryOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateRegistryOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *UpdateRegistryOutput

SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.

func (*UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *UpdateRegistryOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (UpdateRegistryOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateRegistryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateSchemaInput added in v1.35.32 

type UpdateSchemaInput struct {

	// The new compatibility setting for the schema.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The new description for the schema.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Version number required for check pointing. One of VersionNumber or Compatibility
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateSchemaInput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateSchemaInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility(v string) *UpdateSchemaInput

SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.

func (*UpdateSchemaInput) SetDescription added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateSchemaInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaId added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *UpdateSchemaInput

SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.

func (*UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *UpdateSchemaInput

SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.

func (UpdateSchemaInput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateSchemaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateSchemaInput) Validate added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateSchemaOutput added in v1.35.32 

type UpdateSchemaOutput struct {

	// The name of the registry that contains the schema.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateSchemaOutput) GoString added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateSchemaOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput

SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.

func (*UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.

func (*UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput

SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.

func (UpdateSchemaOutput) String added in v1.35.32 

func (s UpdateSchemaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateTableInput 

type UpdateTableInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// By default, UpdateTable always creates an archived version of the table before
	// updating it. However, if skipArchive is set to true, UpdateTable does not
	// create the archived version.
	SkipArchive *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog.
	//
	// TableInput is a required field
	TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateTableInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateTableInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateTableInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateTableInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateTableInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateTableInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdateTableInput) SetSkipArchive added in v1.12.66 

func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetSkipArchive(v bool) *UpdateTableInput

SetSkipArchive sets the SkipArchive field's value.

func (*UpdateTableInput) SetTableInput 

func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *UpdateTableInput

SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.

func (UpdateTableInput) String 

func (s UpdateTableInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateTableInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateTableOutput 

type UpdateTableOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateTableOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateTableOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateTableOutput) String 

func (s UpdateTableOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateTriggerInput 

type UpdateTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to update.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new values with which to update the trigger.
	//
	// TriggerUpdate is a required field
	TriggerUpdate *TriggerUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateTriggerInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateTriggerInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateTriggerInput) SetName 

func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateTriggerInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateTriggerInput) SetTriggerUpdate 

func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetTriggerUpdate(v *TriggerUpdate) *UpdateTriggerInput

SetTriggerUpdate sets the TriggerUpdate field's value.

func (UpdateTriggerInput) String 

func (s UpdateTriggerInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateTriggerInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateTriggerOutput 

type UpdateTriggerOutput struct {

	// The resulting trigger definition.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateTriggerOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateTriggerOutput) SetTrigger 

func (s *UpdateTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *UpdateTriggerOutput

SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.

func (UpdateTriggerOutput) String 

func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A FunctionInput object that redefines the function in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// FunctionInput is a required field
	FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString 

func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId 

func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName 

func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput 

func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.

func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName 

func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.

func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String 

func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString 

func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String 

func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateWorkflowInput added in v1.20.5 

type UpdateWorkflowInput struct {

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Name of the workflow to be updated.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateWorkflowInput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s UpdateWorkflowInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *UpdateWorkflowInput

SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.

func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDescription added in v1.20.5 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateWorkflowInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns added in v1.34.1 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *UpdateWorkflowInput

SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.

func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateWorkflowInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateWorkflowInput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s UpdateWorkflowInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) Validate added in v1.20.5 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateWorkflowOutput added in v1.20.5 

type UpdateWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The name of the workflow which was specified in input.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateWorkflowOutput) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s UpdateWorkflowOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateWorkflowOutput) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *UpdateWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *UpdateWorkflowOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateWorkflowOutput) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s UpdateWorkflowOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest added in v1.12.29 

type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	Classification *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This cannot identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an XML classifier to be updated.

func (UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString added in v1.12.29 

func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest

SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.

func (UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String added in v1.12.29 

func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate added in v1.12.29 

func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UserDefinedFunction 

type UserDefinedFunction struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the function resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Java class that contains the function code.
	ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the function was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the catalog database that contains the function.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the function.
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner of the function.
	OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner type.
	OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`

	// The resource URIs for the function.
	ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the equivalent of a Hive user-defined function (UDF) definition.

func (UserDefinedFunction) GoString 

func (s UserDefinedFunction) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetCatalogId added in v1.33.3 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCatalogId(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetClassName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetCreateTime 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *UserDefinedFunction

SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetDatabaseName added in v1.31.10 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetFunctionName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerType 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunction

SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunction) SetResourceUris 

func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunction

SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.

func (UserDefinedFunction) String 

func (s UserDefinedFunction) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UserDefinedFunctionInput 

type UserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The Java class that contains the function code.
	ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the function.
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner of the function.
	OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner type.
	OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`

	// The resource URIs for the function.
	ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A structure used to create or update a user-defined function.

func (UserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString 

func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetClassName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput

SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput

SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerName 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput

SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerType 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput

SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetResourceUris 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunctionInput

SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.

func (UserDefinedFunctionInput) String 

func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate 

func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ValidationException added in v1.28.0 

type ValidationException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A value could not be validated.

func (*ValidationException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ValidationException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) Error() string

func (ValidationException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ValidationException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ValidationException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ValidationException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ValidationException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ValidationException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ValidationException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ValidationException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ValidationException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VersionMismatchException added in v1.28.0 

type VersionMismatchException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

There was a version conflict.

func (*VersionMismatchException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*VersionMismatchException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) Error() string

func (VersionMismatchException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s VersionMismatchException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VersionMismatchException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*VersionMismatchException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*VersionMismatchException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*VersionMismatchException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *VersionMismatchException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (VersionMismatchException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s VersionMismatchException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Workflow added in v1.20.5 

type Workflow struct {

	// The date and time when the workflow was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow
	// as nodes and directed connections between them as edges.
	Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the workflow was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The information about the last execution of the workflow.
	LastRun *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the workflow representing the flow.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A workflow represents a flow in which AWS Glue components should be executed to complete a logical task.

func (Workflow) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s Workflow) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Workflow) SetCreatedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Workflow

SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetDefaultRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *Workflow

SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetDescription added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetDescription(v string) *Workflow

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetGraph(v *WorkflowGraph) *Workflow

SetGraph sets the Graph field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetLastModifiedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Workflow

SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetLastRun added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetLastRun(v *WorkflowRun) *Workflow

SetLastRun sets the LastRun field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetMaxConcurrentRuns added in v1.34.1 

func (s *Workflow) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *Workflow

SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.

func (*Workflow) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *Workflow) SetName(v string) *Workflow

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (Workflow) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s Workflow) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WorkflowGraph added in v1.20.5 

type WorkflowGraph struct {

	// A list of all the directed connections between the nodes belonging to the
	// workflow.
	Edges []*Edge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the the AWS Glue components belong to the workflow represented
	// as nodes.
	Nodes []*Node `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A workflow graph represents the complete workflow containing all the AWS Glue components present in the workflow and all the directed connections between them.

func (WorkflowGraph) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowGraph) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WorkflowGraph) SetEdges added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowGraph) SetEdges(v []*Edge) *WorkflowGraph

SetEdges sets the Edges field's value.

func (*WorkflowGraph) SetNodes added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowGraph) SetNodes(v []*Node) *WorkflowGraph

SetNodes sets the Nodes field's value.

func (WorkflowGraph) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowGraph) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WorkflowRun added in v1.20.5 

type WorkflowRun struct {

	// The date and time when the workflow run completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This error message describes any error that may have occurred in starting
	// the workflow run. Currently the only error message is "Concurrent runs exceeded
	// for workflow: foo."
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow
	// as nodes and directed connections between them as edges.
	Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow that was executed.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the previous workflow run.
	PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time when the workflow run was started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The statistics of the run.
	Statistics *WorkflowRunStatistics `type:"structure"`

	// The status of the workflow run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkflowRunStatus"`

	// The ID of this workflow run.
	WorkflowRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The workflow run properties which were set during the run.
	WorkflowRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A workflow run is an execution of a workflow providing all the runtime information.

func (WorkflowRun) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowRun) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WorkflowRun) SetCompletedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *WorkflowRun

SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetErrorMessage added in v1.34.1 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *WorkflowRun

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetGraph added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetGraph(v *WorkflowGraph) *WorkflowRun

SetGraph sets the Graph field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetName added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetName(v string) *WorkflowRun

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetPreviousRunId added in v1.33.13 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *WorkflowRun

SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetStartedOn added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *WorkflowRun

SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetStatistics added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStatistics(v *WorkflowRunStatistics) *WorkflowRun

SetStatistics sets the Statistics field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetStatus added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStatus(v string) *WorkflowRun

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunId added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunId(v string) *WorkflowRun

SetWorkflowRunId sets the WorkflowRunId field's value.

func (*WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunProperties added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *WorkflowRun

SetWorkflowRunProperties sets the WorkflowRunProperties field's value.

func (WorkflowRun) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowRun) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WorkflowRunStatistics added in v1.20.5 

type WorkflowRunStatistics struct {

	// Total number of Actions that have failed.
	FailedActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number Actions in running state.
	RunningActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that have stopped.
	StoppedActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that have succeeded.
	SucceededActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that timed out.
	TimeoutActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions in the workflow run.
	TotalActions *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Workflow run statistics provides statistics about the workflow run.

func (WorkflowRunStatistics) GoString added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowRunStatistics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetFailedActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetFailedActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetFailedActions sets the FailedActions field's value.

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetRunningActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetRunningActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetRunningActions sets the RunningActions field's value.

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetStoppedActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetStoppedActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetStoppedActions sets the StoppedActions field's value.

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetSucceededActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetSucceededActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetSucceededActions sets the SucceededActions field's value.

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTimeoutActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTimeoutActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetTimeoutActions sets the TimeoutActions field's value.

func (*WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTotalActions added in v1.20.5 

func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTotalActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics

SetTotalActions sets the TotalActions field's value.

func (WorkflowRunStatistics) String added in v1.20.5 

func (s WorkflowRunStatistics) String() string

String returns the string representation

type XMLClassifier added in v1.12.29 

type XMLClassifier struct {

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A classifier for XML content.

func (XMLClassifier) GoString added in v1.12.29 

func (s XMLClassifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*XMLClassifier) SetClassification added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *XMLClassifier

SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.

func (*XMLClassifier) SetCreationTime added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier

SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.

func (*XMLClassifier) SetLastUpdated added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier

SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.

func (*XMLClassifier) SetName added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetName(v string) *XMLClassifier

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*XMLClassifier) SetRowTag added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetRowTag(v string) *XMLClassifier

SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.

func (*XMLClassifier) SetVersion added in v1.12.29 

func (s *XMLClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *XMLClassifier

SetVersion sets the Version field's value.

func (XMLClassifier) String added in v1.12.29 

func (s XMLClassifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package glueiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Glue service client for testing your code.
 Package glueiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Glue service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.